Routledge
View any
product
online using the urls below each listing
Geography New Titles and Key Backlist 2010
www.routledge.com/geography
www.routledge.com/geography
Cover Image © Jupiterimages
Welcome to Routledge
Geography New Titles and Key Backlist 2010
Page 1
Page 1
Page 1
Page 16
Page 25
Page 32
Editorial Enquiries
Key Ideas in Geography Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Routledge Perspectives on Development Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Human Geography Supplementary Reading . . 8
Development Studies Supplementary Reading . 37
Human Geography Research Monographs . . 11
Development Studies Research Monographs . . 38
Human Geography Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Environmental Studies and Management Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Urban Studies Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Routledge Urban Reader Series . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Urban Studies Supplementary Reading . . . . . 21 Urban Studies Research Monographs . . . . . . 23 Urban Studies Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Page 49
Contacts
contents Human Geography Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 41
For all territories:
Andrew Mould – Publisher Email: andrew.mould@tandf.co.uk
Marketing Enquiries
For all territories excluding the Americas: Natalie Butler – Marketing Manager
Routledge Introductions to Environment Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Email: natalie.butler@tandf.co.uk
Environment Studies and Management Supplementary Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Email: gemma-kate.hartley@tandf.co.uk
Environmental Studies and Management Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tourism Studies Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tourism Studies Supplementary Reading . . . . 28
Physical Geography Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Tourism Studies Research Monographs . . . . . 29
Physical Geography Supplementary Reading . . . 51
Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Physical Geography Research and Reference . . . 51
Routledge Advances in Tourism Studies Series . 30
Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalogue
Gemma-Kate Hartley – Senior Marketing Coordinator For USA, Canada and Latin America: David Jurman – Marketing Manager Email: david.jurman@taylorandfrancis.com
Rachel Markowitz – Marketing Assistant Email: rachel.markowitz@taylorandfrancis.com
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Development Studies Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
key symbols
Companion Website
Request an Inspection Copy
Now available in paperback
Complete Catalogue
eBooks
This catalogue only includes a selection of our titles in Geography. Our online catalogue at www.routledge.com/geography gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title, author or ISBN. All the entries have a description of the book’s content.
Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.
Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.
Inspection Copies
Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution
The Easy Way to Order Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.
– Marked as ‘eBook’ in this catalogue.
Textbooks marked ‘Available as an Inspection Copy’ can be sent to lecturers considering adopting them for relevant courses. See the order form for more information.
e-Updates
For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agent and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.
h uman g e og r aphy te x tbo o k s
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY TEXTBOOKS
NEW
NEW
Understanding Cultural Geography
2nd Edition
Places and Traces Jon Anderson, Cardiff University, UK
NEW
Economic Geography Places, Networks and Flows Andrew Wood and Susan M. Roberts, both at University of Kentucky, USA
With intellectual roots dating back to the nineteenth century, economic geography has traditionally sought to examine the spatial distributions of economic activity and the principles that account for them. More recently the field has turned its attention to a range of questions relating to: globalization and its impact on different peoples and places; economic inequalities at different geographic scales; the development of the knowledge-based economy and the relationship between economy and environment. This text is designed, first and foremost, to provide an introduction to economic geography by establishing the substantive concerns of economic geographers, the methods deployed to study them, the key concepts and theories that animate the field, and the major issues generating debate. It is as much about approaches to economic geography as it is about changing economic geographies on the ground. It encompasses traditional approaches, albeit from a critical perspective, while at the same time providing a thorough and yet accessible examination of the concerns, methods and approaches of the ‘new economic geography’. Lucid and engaging, this is the first introductory text to cover the breadth of economic geography while also engaging with a range of contemporary debates at the cutting-edge of the field. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Traditional Economic Geographies 2. Traditional Location Theory 3. Modeling Economic Geographies Part 2: The Geographies of the Firm and Institutions 4. The Geographies of the Firm 5. ‘Going Global’ Part 3: The Geographies of Uneven Development 6. Geographic Inequities 7. The Changing Fortunes of Local and Regional Economies Part 4: The Geographies of Networks, Flows and Relations 8. Economic Geography ‘Unbound’ 9. Flows, Relations and Networks in the New Global Economy
This new and comprehensive book offers a holistic introduction to cultural geography. It integrates the broad range of theories and practices of the discipline by arguing that the essential focus of cultural geography is ’place’. The book builds an accessible and engaging configuration of this important concept through arguing that place should be understood as an ’ongoing composition of traces’. The book presents specific chapters outlining the history of cultural geography, before and beyond representation, as well as the methods and techniques of doing cultural geography. It investigates the places and traces of corporate capitalism, nationalism, ethnicity, youth culture and the place of the body. Throughout these chapters case study examples will be used to illustrate how these places are taken and made by particular cultures, examples include the Freedom Tower in New York City, the Berlin Wall, the Gaza Strip, Banksy graffiti, and anti-capitalist protest movements. The book discusses the role of power in cultural place-making, as well as the ethical dimensions of doing cultural geography. Understanding Cultural Geography offers a broad-based overview of cultural geography, ideal for students being introduced to the discipline through either undergraduate or postgraduate degree courses.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The History of Cultural Geography 3. Branching Out: Twenty-First Century Developments in the Family Tree of Cultural Geography 4. Knowing (Your) Place 5. Taking and Making Place: The Stuff of Power 6. Counter Cultures: Global, Corporate, and Anti-Capitalisms 7. The Place of Nature 8. The Place of Ethnicity 9. Senses of Place: Scales and Beliefs 10. Making and Marking New Places: The Cultural Geographies of Youth 11. (B)ordering the Body 12. Swimming in Context: Doing Cultural Geography in Practice 13. A Culturally Geographical Approach to Place September 2009: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43054-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43055-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87237-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430555
October 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-40181-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40182-1: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401821
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
The Making of the American Landscape Edited by Michael P. Conzen, University of Chicago, USA
The only compact yet comprehensive survey of environmental and cultural forces that have shaped the visual character and geographical diversity of the settled American landscape. The book examines the large-scale historical influences that have molded the varied human adaptation of the continent’s physical topography to its needs over more than 500 years. It presents a synoptic view of myriad historical processes working together or in conflict, and illustrates them through their survival in or disappearance from the everyday landscapes of today. This includes the reminders of colonial conquest and occupation, the contrasting challenges of radically different physical environments as settlement advanced from region to region, and the impact of ethnicity, technology, ideology, and corporate power on the built landscape. Liberally illustrated with photographs and specially-designed maps, the book is a highly accessible introduction to understanding the intricate spatial composition and historical depth of America’s many humanized landscapes. The book’s first edition won a scholarly place in the conceptual literature and teaching of cultural geography, social and environmental history, American studies, landscape architecture and allied fields, and this revised edition introduces several new chapters that further broaden the angle of view and bring it even more up to date.
Selected Contents: 1. Nature’s Bequest 2. Indian Settlement Landscapes 3. Hispanic Landscape Traditions 4. The French Imprint on North America 5. Americanizing English Landscape Habits 6. The Plantation Regime 7. Gridding a National Landscape 8. Clearing the Forests 9. Remaking the Prairies 10. Watering the Deserts 11. Designing American Utopias 12. Inscribing Ethnicity on the Land 13. Organizing Religious Landscapes 14. Mechanizing the American Earth 15. Building American Cityscapes 16. Asserting Central Authority 17. Creating Landscapes of Civil Society 18. Imposing Landscapes of Private Power and Wealth 19. Paving America for the Automobile 20. Developing Corporate Consumption Venues February 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 552pp Hb: 978-0-415-95006-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95007-7: £43.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415950077
1
2
hu m a n geography tex tbook s
The Cultural Geography Reader Edited by Timothy Oakes, University of Colorado, USA and Patricia L. Price, Florida International University, USA The Cultural Geography Reader draws together fifty-two classic and contemporary abridged readings that represent the scope of the discipline and its key concepts. Readings have been selected based on their originality, accessibility and empirical focus, allowing students to grasp the conceptual and theoretical tools of cultural geography through the grounded research of leading scholars in the field. Each of the eight sections begins with an introduction that discusses the key concepts, its history and relation to cultural geography and connections to other disciplines and practices. Selected Contents: General Introduction Section 1: Approaching Culture Introduction. Culture Raymond Williams. Community E.P Thompson. Thick Description: Toward an Interpretive Theory of Culture Clifford Geertz. The Concept(s) of Culture William Sewel, Jr. Writing Against Culture Lila Abu-Lughod. Beyond “Culture”: Space, Identity, and the Politics of Difference Akhil Gupta and James Ferguson. Research, Performance, and Doing Human Geography: Some Reflections on the Diary-Photograph, Diary-Interview Method Alan Latham Section 2: Cultural Geography: A Transatlantic Genealogy Introduction. Culture Friedrich Ratzel. The Physiogamy of France Paul Vidal de la Blache. The Morphology of Landscape Carl Sauer. The Industrial Revolution and the Landscape W.G. Hoskins. Process Wilbur Zelinsky. The Idea of German Cultural Regions in the Third Reich: The Work of Franz Petri Karl Ditt. The Search for the Common Ground: Estyn Evanss Ireland Brian J. Graham. Back to the Land: Historiography, Rurality and the Nation in Interwar Wales Pyrs Gruffudd Section 3: Landscape Introduction. The Word Itself J.B. Jackson. California: The Beautiful and the Damned Don Mitchell. Imperial Landscape W.J.T. Mitchell. Looking at Landscape: The Uneasy Pleasures of Power Gillian Rose. Geography is Everywhere: Culture and Symbolism in Human Landscapes Denis Cosgrove. From Discourse to Landscape: A Kingly Reading James Duncan. Reconfiguring the “Site” and “Horizon” of Experience Michael Bull Section 4: Nature Introduction. Nature Raymond Williams. Creating a Second Nature Clarence Glacken. Living Outdoors with Mrs. Panther Ajax. Nature at Home Alexander Wilson. Orchard Owain Jones and Paul Cloke. Le Pratique Sauvage: Race, Place, and the Human-Animal Divide Glen Elder, Jennifer Wolch and Jody Emel Section 5: Identity and Place in a Global Context Introduction. A Global Sense of Place Doreen Massey. New Cultures for Old? Stuart Hall. National Geographic: The Rooting of Peoples and the Territorialization of National Identity among Scholars and Refugees Lisa Malkki. Shades of Shit Keith Basso. Culture Sits in Places: Reflections on Globalism and Subaltern Strategies of Localization Arturo Escobar. No Place Like Heimat: Images of Home(land) David Morely and Kevin Robins Section 6: Home and Away Introduction. The Stranger Georg Simmel. Traveling Cultures James Clifford. The Production of Mobilities Tim Cresswell. Of Nomads and Vagrants: Single Homelessness and Narratives of Home as Place Jon May. The Tourist at Home Lucy Lippard Section 7: Geographies of Difference Introduction. Imaginative Geography and its Representations: Orientalizing the Oriental Edward Said. On Not Excluding Half of the Human in Human Geography Janice Monk and Susan Hanson. Representing Whiteness in the Black Imagination bell hooks. Mapping the Pure and the Defiled David Sibley. Some Thoughts on Close(t) Spaces Robyn Longhurst. Contested Terrain: Teenagers in Public Space Gill Valentine. The Geography Club Brent Hartinger Section 8: Culture as Resource Introduction. Commercial Cultures: Transcending the Cultural and the Economic Peter Jackson. The Expediency of Culture George Y˙dice. Whose Culture? Whose City? Sharon Zukin. The Invention of Regional Culture Meric Gertler. Destination Museum Barbara Kirshenblatt-Gimblett. Performing Work: Bodily Representations in Merchant Banks Linda McDowell and Gill Court
NEW
Geographic Thought
Young People, Place and Identity
A Praxis Perspective
Peter E. Hopkins, Newcastle University, UK Young People, Place and Identity offers a series of rich insights into young people’s everyday lives. What places do young people engage with on a daily basis? How do they use these places? How do their identities influence these contexts? By working through common-sense understandings of young people’s behaviours and the places they occupy, the author seeks to answer these and other questions. In doing so the book challenges and re-shapes understandings of young people’s relationships with different places and identities. The textbook is one of the first books to map out the scales, themes and sites engaged with by young people on a daily basis as they construct their multiple identities. The scales explored here include the body, neighbourhood and community, mobilities and transitions and urban-rural settings and how these all shape, and are shaped by, young people’s identities. Each chapter explores how social identities (such as race, gender, sexuality, class, disability and religion) are constructed within particular contexts and influenced by multiple processes of inclusion and exclusion. These discussions are supported by details of the research methods and ethical issues involved in researching young people’s lives. Drawing upon research from a range of contexts, including Europe, North America and Australasia, this book demonstrates the complex ways in which young people creatively shape, contest, and resist their engagements with different places and identities. Individual chapters are supported by key themes, project ideas and suggested further reading. Details of key authors, journals and research centres and organizations are also included at the end of the book. This textbook will be pertinent for undergraduate and postgraduate students and academic researchers interested in better understanding the relationships between young people, places and identities. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Researching Young People, Place and Identity 2. Research with Young People 3. Ethical and Methodological Considerations Part 2: Scales 4. Body 5. Home 6. Neighbourhood and Community 7. Nation 8. Global Part 3: Themes and Sites 9. Institutions 10. The Street and Public Space 11. Migration, Mobilities and Transition 12. Urban-Rural 13. Conclusion April 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-45437-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45439-1: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85232-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454391
Edited by George Henderson, University of Minnesota, USA and Marvin Waterstone, University of Arizona, USA The reader is unique not only in knowing Geographic Thought through its progressive political attachments, instead of through a series of abstract ’isms’, but in gathering together salient works by geographers as well as scholars in cognate fields, such as Nancy Fraser, Chantal Mouffe, Iris Marion Young, and Jack Kloppenberg, whose own engagements have proved lasting and influential. For researchers and students interested in the connections between theoretically informed work and the possibilities for bettering people’s everyday lives, this book provides an innovative and compelling argument for why Geographic Thought is valuable and necessary. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Politics of Geographic Thought Introduction: Why is Geographic Thought Always Political? 1. Revolutionary and Counter-Revolutionary Theory in Geography and the Problem of Ghetto Formation David Harvey 2. Geographic Models of Imperialism James Blaut 3. On Not Excluding Half of the Human in Human Geography Janice Monk and Susan Hanson Section 2: Staking Claims Introduction: Moral Knowledge, Geographical Knowledge: What Does it Mean to Claim Moral Ground, or How is Oppression to be Recognized? Part 1: Characterizing Oppressions and Recognizing Injustice Introduction 4. Five Faces of Oppression Iris Marion Young 5. Social Justice in the Age of Identity Politics: Redistribution, Recognition, and Participation Nancy Fraser Part 2: Making Justice Spatial Introduction 6. Moral Progress in Human Geography: Transcending the Place of Good Fortune David Smith 7. Dissecting the Autonomous Self: Hybrid Cartographies For A Relational Ethics Sarah Whatmore Part 3: Practicing Politicized Geographic Thought Introduction 8. Maps, Knowledge, and Power J. Brian Harley 9. Collaboration Across Borders: Moving Beyond Positionality Richa Nagar, with Farah Ali 10. Research, Pedagogy, and Instrumental Geography Rich Heyman 11. Situated Knowledge Through Exploration: Reflections on Bunge’s ’Geographic Expeditions’ Andy Merrifield Section 3: Goals and Arenas of Struggle: What is to be Gained and How? Introduction: The Embeddedness of Intentions, Tactics, and Strategies in Rights-, Justice-, and Ethics-Based Worldviews Part 1: Rights-Based Goals Introduction 12. Mobility, Empowerment and the Rights Revolution Nicholas Blomley 13. Human Rights and Development in Africa: Moral Intrusion or Empowering Opportunity? Giles Mohan and Jeremy Holland 14. New World Warriors: ’Nation’ and ’State’ in the Politics of Zapatista and US Patriot Movements Carolyn Gallaher and Oliver Froehling 15. Social Theory and the De/reconstruction of Agricultural Science: Local Knowledge for an Alternative Agriculture Jack Kloppenberg, JR. Part 2: Justice-Based Goals Introduction 16. Restructuring the Contraction and Expansion of Environmental Rights in the United States Laura Pulido 17. Environmental Justice and American Indian Tribal Sovereignty: Case Study of a Land-Use Conflict in Skull Valley, Utah Noriko Ishiyama 18. Structural Power, Agency, and National Liberation: The Case of East Timor James Glassman Part 3: Ethics-Based Goals Introduction 19. Post-Marxism: Democracy and Identity Chantal Mouffe 20. US Third World Feminism: The Theory and Method of the Oppositional Consciousness in the Postmodern World Chela Sandoval 21. An Ethics of the Local J.K. Gibson-Graham 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-47169-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47170-1: £31.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415471701
2007: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-41873-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41874-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93195-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415418744
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
h uman g e og r aphy te x tbo o k s
Geographies of Globalization
Local and Regional Development
2nd Edition
Warwick Murray, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand
Andy Pike, Newcastle University, UK, Andres Rodriguez-Pose, London School of Economics, UK and John Tomaney
Edited by Simon Dalby, Carleton University, Canada, Paul Routledge, Glasgow University, UK and Gerard Toal, Virginia Tech, USA
This innovative text provides a critical and integrated examination of local and regional development theory, institutions and policy. A valuable text, it is grounded in concrete empirical examples from Europe, North America and Latin America.
This extensively revised second edition draws together an interdisciplinary collection of the most important political, geographical, historical and sociological readings of geopolitics in the early twenty-first century.
Series: Routledge Contemporary Human Geography ’I am certain that Geographies of Globalization will make an excellent text for many geography courses that focus on globalization.’ – Annals of the AAG ’The structure of the book is logical and captures the key themes associated with globalization, and is very accessible and extremely student friendly. It’s an excellent book.’ – Tim Vorley, University of Leicester, UK This informative text offers a geographical perspective on globalization. It provides a lively exploration of its spatial impacts and the distinctive contribution of human geography to studies and debates in this field. Selected Contents: Part 1: Transformed Geographies 1. Geography is Dead? The Rise of Globalization 2. Globalization Across Space – Contesting Theories 3. Globalization Across Time – Contesting Histories Part 2: Shifting Spheres 4. Globalizing Economic Geographies 5. Globalizing Political Geographies 6. Globalizing Cultural Geographies Part 3: Global Challenges 7. Inequality, Development and Globalization 8. Environment, Sustainability and Globalization 9. Long Live Geography? Progressive Globalization 2005: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-31799-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31800-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-59583-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318006
The Digital Economy Business Organization, Production Processes and Regional Developments Edward J. Malecki, Ohio State University, USA and Bruno Moriset, University of Jean Moulin, France This book provides an up-to-date account of the technologies, organizations and dynamics which constitute the digital economy, and assesses the impacts they have on regions and communities. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Digital Economy and the Splintering of Economic Space 2. Information Technologies and the ’New Economy’ Debate 3. Where Local Meets Global: The Rise of the Digital Network 4. Digital Production and Business Organizations 5. The Multiscale Geographies of Electronic Commerce and Electronic Finance 6. Splintering the Economic Space: The Offshoring of Corporate Services 7. Telework / Telecommuting: Time and Space Flexibilities in Work and Business Organization 8. The Paradox of a ’Double-Edged Geography’: Local Ecosystems of the Digital Economy 9. Peripheral Regions and the ’Digital Divide’. Epilogue 2007: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-39695-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39696-7: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-93363-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396967
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction: Local and Regional Development 2. What Kind of Local and Regional Development and for Whom? Part 2: Frameworks of Understanding 3. Concepts and Theories of Local and Regional Development 4. Institutions: Government and Governance Part 3: Interventions: Instruments and Policies 5. Mobilising Indigenous Potential 6. Attracting and Embedding Exogenous Resources Part 4: Integrated Approaches 7. Local and Regional Development in Practice 8. Conclusions 2006: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-35717-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35718-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00306-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357180
An Introduction to Political Geography Space, Place and Politics Martin Jones, Rhys Jones and Michael Woods, all at University of Aberystwyth, UK An Introduction to Political Geography provides a broad-based introduction to how power interacts with space; how place influences political identities; and how policy creates and remoulds territory. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Power, Space and ’Political Geography’ Part 1: State, Territory and Regulation 2. States and Territories 3. The State in Global Perspective 4. The State’s Changing Forms and Functions Part 2: Politics, Power and Place 5. The Political Geographies of the Nation 6. Power and Place 7. Contesting Place Part 3: People, Policy and Geography 8. Democracy, Participation and Citizenship 9. Public Policy and Political Geography 2004: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 306pp Hb: 978-0-415-25076-4: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25077-1: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-62697-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415250771
Introduction to Geopolitics Colin Flint, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA This clear and concise introduction to the field of geopolitics highlights how geographic factors are important in determining whether tensions become conflicts, and whether or not resolutions are just and long-lasting. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Power, Space and Political Geography Part 1: State, Territory and Regulation 2. States and Territories 3. The State in Global Perspective 4. The State’s Changing Forms and Functions Part 2: Politics, Power and Place 5. The Political Geographies of the Nation 6. Power and Place 7. Contesting Place Part 3: People, Policy and Geography 8. Democracy, Participation and Citizenship 9. Public Policy and Political Geography 2006: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-25076-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34493-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50376-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415344937
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
The Geopolitics Reader
Selected Contents: Introduction: Thinking Critically About Geopolitics 1. Imperialist Geopolitics 2. Cold War Geopolitics 3. Twenty First Century Geopolitics 4. The Geopolitics of Global Dangers 5. Anti-Geopolitics 2006: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-34147-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34148-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-44493-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415341486
11th Edition
An Atlas of World Affairs Andrew Boyd and Joshua Comenetz, University of Florida, USA An Atlas of World Affairs describes the events, conflicts, factions, and people that have shaped the modern world from the Second World War to the present day. Selected Contents: 1. People and Pressure 2. Economic Groupings 3. Energy 4. Nuclear Geography 5. Sea Law 6. No Longer Three Worlds 7. United Nations 8. Terrorism 9. Commonwealth 10. Europe: East and West 11. Atlantic Alliance 12. European Unities 13. Germany 14. Central and Eastern Europe 15. Former Yugoslavia, Albania 16. Former Soviet Union 17. Russia 18. Baltic to Black Sea 19. Caucasus 20. Ex-Soviet Central Asia 21. Scandinavia 22. Northern Seas 23. Minorities and Micro-States 24. Ireland 25. Gibraltar 26. Cyprus, Greece, and Turkey 27. Asia and Africa 28. Islam 29. The Arab World 30. Africa 31. Southern Africa 32. Central Africa 33. Angola and Namibia 34. Republic of South Africa 35. Sudan and the Horn of Africa 36. East Africa 37. Nigeria and Guinea Coast 38. Ex-French Africa 39. North Africa 40. Morocco and Western Sahara 41. Middle East and North African Oil 42. Suez and Indian Ocean 43. Israel and Arabs I 44. Israel and Arabs II 45. Lebanon and Syria 46. Arabia 47. Gulf States and Iran 48. Iraq’s Wars 49. Kurds 50. Afghanistan 51. South Asia I 52. South Asia II 53. Himalayas, Tibet, Burma 54. China and Russia 55. China and Other Neighbours 56. Taiwan 57. Hong Kong and Macau 58. Japan 59. Korea 60. South-East Asia 61. Indochina 62. Cambodia 63. Malaysia and Singapore 64. Indonesia and New Guinea 65. Australia and New Zealand 66. South Pacific 67. America and the Pacific 68. United States of America 69. Canada 70. Mexico 71. Central America, Caribbean, Cuba 72. Colombia and Panama 73. East Caribbean, Guianas, Venezuela 74. Latin America 75. Argentina and Falklands 76. Antarctic 77. Arctic 2007: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-39168-9: £68.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39169-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96752-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391696
3
hu m a n geography tex tbook s
4
2nd Edition
The Geography of Transport Systems Jean-Paul Rodrigue, Hofstra University, USA, Claude Comtois, University of Montreal, Canada and Brian Slack, Concordia University, Canada
Key Ideas in Geography Series Series Edited by Sarah Holloway, Loughborough University, UK and Gill Valentine, Sheffield University, UK
Some key points of the second edition include:
The Key Ideas in Geography series will provide strong, original, and accessible texts on important spatial concepts for academics and students working in the fields of geography, sociology and anthropology, as well as the interdisciplinary fields of urban and rural studies, development and cultural studies. Each text will locate a key idea within its traditions of thought; provide grounds for understanding its various usages and meanings, and offer critical discussion of the contribution of relevant authors and thinkers.
• updated and revised conceptual and methodological material to reflect the most current issues in transport geography
Mobility
The second edition of The Geography of Transport Systems maintains the overall structure of its predecessor, with chapters dealing with specific conceptual dimensions and methodologies, plus the contents have been revised and updated. The second edition also offers new topics and approaches that have emerged as critical issues in contemporary transport systems, including security, energy, supply chain management, and GIS-T. Relevant case studies have also been included in the second edition to underline real world issues related to transport geography.
• a case study for each chapter addressing a real world transportation geography issue • reorganization of the text to improve readability and continuity • updated and improved figures and maps • continuously updated and revised supporting website. Mainly aimed at an undergraduate audience, this edition of The Geography of Transport Systems provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the field with a broad overview of its concepts, methods and areas of application. It is highly illustrated and a Companion Website has also been enhanced for the book. It contains PowerPoint slides, exercises, databases and GIS datasets and can be accessed at: http://people.hofstra.edu/geotrans. Selected Contents: 1. Transportation and Geography 2. Transportation and the Spatial Structure 3. Transportation and the Economy 4. Transportation Modes 5. Transportation Terminals 6. International Trade and Freight Distribution 7. Urban Transportation 8. Transport, Energy and Environment 9. Transport Planning and Policy 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-48323-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48324-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88415-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483247
View any
product
online using the urls below each listing
Peter Adey, Keele University, UK
This introductory text makes ‘mobility’ tangible by explaining the key theories and writings that surround it. This book traces out the concept of mobility as a key idea within the discipline of geography as well as subject areas from the wider arts and social sciences.
The text takes an interdisciplinary approach to draw upon key writers and thinkers that have contributed to the topic. In analyzing these, it develops an understanding of mobility as a relationship through which the world is lived and understood. Mobility is organized around themed chapters discussing – Meanings, Politics, Practices and Mediations and the book identifies the evolution of mobility and its implications for theoretical debate. Important contemporary case studies are showcased in boxes. Arguing for a more relational notion of the term, the book understands mobility as a keystone to the examination of issues from migration, war and transportation; from communications and politics to disability rights and security. Key concept and case study boxes, further readings, and central issue discussion allows students to grasp the central importance of ‘mobility’ to social, cultural, political, economic and everyday terrains. The text also assists scholars of Geography, Sociology, Cultural Studies, Planning, and Political Science to understand and engage with this evasive concept.
NEW
Migration Michael Samers, University of Kentucky, USA
Migration is an advanced, yet accessible, introduction to migration and immigration in a global context. It offers a critical, multi-disciplinary approach to the subject, borrowing from human geography, political science, social anthropology and sociology. However, unlike other broad volumes on the subject, it emphasises a theoretical and conceptual approach to the study of migration. Specifically, Migration adopts a unique geographical approach by employing spatial concepts such as place, scale, and territory. Using these spatial concepts, the author argues that most studies of migration begin with either an undue emphasis on nation-states as a lens on migration or on the contrary rely on exaggerated notions of transnationalism. Migration neither neglects the importance of nation states nor the significance of transnationalism, but it focuses on how local contexts matter to migration. The book covers such topics as migration categories, the explanation of different forms of migration, migration and employment, the geopolitics of migration and immigration and citizenship, rights, and belonging. This text is not simply an encyclopaedic overview of migration theories, trends and facts; rather, it is designed to have lasting intellectual value by providing particular arguments in each theme-based chapter. While it advocates certain arguments, it is also clearly written in an engaging and accessible manner for an undergraduate audience. Its clear structure is complemented by a combination of pedagogical features, such as case study boxes, summary questions at the end of each chapter and a glossary. The book is designed for courses and modules on migration and immigration at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels and both students and academics will find it exceptionally useful.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Explaining Migration Across International Borders 3. Geographies of Migration and Work 4. Geo-Political Economies of Migration Control 5. Geographies of Migration, Citizenship and Belonging 6. Conclusions December 2009: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-77665-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77666-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86429-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776660
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Meaning 3. Politics 4. Practices 5. Mediations 6. Conclusion 2009: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43399-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43400-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87548-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434003
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
h uman g e og r aphy te x tbo o k s
NEW
NEW
Home
Rural
Scale
Michael Woods, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK
Andrew Herod, University of Georgia, USA
Alison Blunt, Queen Mary, University of London, UK and Robyn Dowling, Macquarie University, Australia
Rural provides an advanced introduction to the study of rural places and processes in geography and related disciplines. It focuses on six key ways in which geographers have engaged with and explored the rural. These are the rural as a production space, associated with particular forms of economic activity primarily structured around the exploitation of natural resources; the rural as a space of consumption, characterized by new forms of economic relations involving the commodification of rural landscapes, heritage, practices and experiences; the rural as a marginalized, peripheral, space in need of development; the rural as articulated through community, exhibiting distinctive modes of social relations and mutuality, but also reproducing unequal power relations and exclusionary practices; the rural as a performed identity, expressed through particular roles, rituals and lifestyles, both staged and unstaged; and the rural as a political construction, as a form of classification and description that legitimates the application of particular modes of regulation, governance and policy-making. These six themes form the six core chapters of the book, bounded by introductory and concluding chapters that are positioned slightly differently.
Engaging and accessible, the book introduces and illustrates conceptual ideas and approaches through the use of detailed case studies drawn from both the developed and developing world. Student engagement with the ideas and examples contained in the book is encouraged by the use of activities and exercises. Essay and exam questions and end of chapter further reading are also provided.
• Bodies
Selected Contents: 1. Approaching the Rural 2. Exploiting the Rural 3. Consuming the Rural 4. Developing the Rural 5. Living in the Rural 6. Performing the Rural 7. Regulating the Rural 8. Re-Making the Rural June 2010: 5-1/4 x 7-3/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44239-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44240-4: £21.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415442404
What does it mean to talk about a war on global terrorism if acts of violence occur in quite local settings – particular streets in New York City, Ramallah, or Belfast? The spatial resolution (local, regional, global) at which social processes take place together with how we talk about them has significant implications for understanding our world.
This book provides an overview of the debates concerning issues of geographical scale, and how they have been thought about within critical social theory. It provides a structured investigation of how discourses around issues of scale have been articulated within the social sciences, and it asks questions concerning the consequences of such discourses. It draws on topics of major interest to students and scholars to develop and illustrate its arguments including chapters on: • Ontologies and Discourses of Scale • The Local • The Region and Regional Geographies • The National • Globalization and Scale. A short but incisive guide, this book serves as a valuable pedagogical reference for students and researchers wishing to become familiar with such theoretical issues, and pushes such theories in new and original directions. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Ontologies and Discourses of Scale 3. Bodies 4. The Local 5. The Region and Regional Geographies 6. The National 7. Globalization and Scale 8. Conclusion June 2010: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-34907-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34908-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64109-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415349086
View Inside
An essential guide to studying home and domesticity, this book locates ’home’ within wider traditions of thought across the social sciences and humanities, analyzing different sources, methods and examples in historical and contemporary contexts. Selected Contents: 1. Setting Up Home: An Introduction 2. Representing Home 3. Residence: House-as-Home 4. Home, Nation and Empire 5. Transnational Homes 6. Leaving Home 2006: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-33274-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33275-0: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-40135-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415332750
Nature Noel Castree Synthesizing complex theories, debates and information on nature this text explores the ways in which nature has been studied, emphasizing the relationships and differences between diverse branches of geography. Selected Contents: 1. The Idea of Nature 2. The Nature of Geography 3. De-Naturalisation: Bringing Geography Back In 4. Two Natures: The Dis/unity of Geography 5. After Nature 6. Conclusion: Geography’s Natures 2005: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-33904-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33905-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-44841-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339056
Landscape John Wylie, University of Exeter, UK A stimulating introduction, this book explores the concept of ’landscape’ in theories and writings of the last twenty to thirty years, to aid students in fully comprehending this vast and complex topic. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Landscaping Traditions 3. Ways of Seeing 4. Cultures of Landscape 5. Landscape Phenomenology 6. Prospects for Landscape 2007: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-34143-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34144-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48016-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415341448
Routledge Books
Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online content before making any purchasing decisions? For more information visit www.routledge.com.
See Also: City Phil Hubbard See page 16 for more details
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
5
hu m a n geography tex tbook s
6
2nd Edition
NEW
How to Do Your Dissertation in Geography and Related Disciplines
Emotions
Globalization
A Social Science Reader
A Reader
Edited by Monica Greco, Goldsmiths College, London, UK and Paul Stenner, University of Brighton, UK
Peter G. Knight and Tony Parsons
Following the successful first edition, this revised and updated book continues to provide students with a detailed guide to the planning and procedures they must consider when preparing dissertations in geography, environmental science and geology.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is a (Good) Dissertation and Why Do I Have to Do One? 3. When Should I Start and How Long Will it Take? 4. What Shall I Do It On? 5. How Do l Do It? 6. What Kind of Data Do I Need and How Do I Get Them? 7. What Can I Do with my Data When I’ve Got Them? 8. What Amount of Data Do I Need? 9. Should I Model? 10. Help! It’s All Gone Horribly Wrong. What Can I Do? 11. How Should I Write up my Dissertation? 12. How Will It Be Marked? 13. A Final Word 2004: 7 x 10: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-34154-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34155-4: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-32423-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415341554
Edited by Charles Lemert, Welseyan University, USA, Anthony Elliott, Daniel Chaffee and Eric Hsu, all at Flinders University, Australia
Series: Routledge Student Readers
Globalization is a clear, comprehensive, critical Reader which offers a unique compilation of the major statements on the globalization debate. Charles Lemert and Anthony Elliott expertly guide the reader through the complex terrain of globalization – its engaging histories, transnational economies, multiple cultures and cosmopolitan politics.
This book’s remit spans the Babylonian and Persian empires in Mesopotamia, through ancient Greece and imperial Rome to the long sixteenth century of European world exploration and colonization, through to the present day. Represented in the contemporary debates on globalization are leading figures such as: Samuel Huntington, Francis Fukayama, Anthony Giddens, Noam Chomsky, Joseph Nye, Osama bin Laden, Arjun Appadurai, Zygmunt Bauman, Timothy Garton-Ash, Saskia Sassen, Naomi Klein, Kwame Anthony Appiah, James N. Rosenau, David Held and Amartya Sen. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Age of Empires, 3000BCE – 1500 CE Part 2: The Modern World System and Industrial Capitalism, 1500 – 1914 Part 3: The Short Twentieth Century: Global Uncertainty and Restructuring Part 4: The Great Globalization Debate Part 5: Globalization Since 2001 – Present Part 6: Global Futures: Time and Tense
This Reader gathers influential and contemporary work in the study of emotion and affective life from across the range of the social sciences. Drawing on both theoretical and empirical research, the collection offers a sense of the diversity of perspectives that have emerged over the last thirty years from a variety of intellectual traditions. Its wide span and trans-disciplinary character is designed to capture the increasing significance of the study of affect and emotion for the social sciences, and to give a sense of how this is played out in the context of specific areas of interest. The volume is divided into four main parts: • universals and particulars of affect • embodying affect • political economies of affect • affect, power and justice. Cross-national in content, the collection provides an introduction to the key debates, concepts and modes of approach that have been developed by social scientist for the study of emotion and affective life. Selected Contents: Introduction: Emotion and Social Science Part 1: Universals and Particulars of Affect Emotions, History and Civilization. Emotions and Culture. Emotions and Society Part 2: Embodying Affect Emotions, Selfhood and Identity. Emotions, Space and Place. Emotions and Health Part 3: Political Economies of Affect Emotions in Work and Organizations. Emotions, Economics and Consumer Culture. Emotions and the Media Part 4: Affect, Power and Justice Emotions and Politics. Emotions and Law. Compassion, Hate, and Terror 2008: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-42563-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42564-3: £25.99
March 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-46477-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46478-9: £24.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415425643
For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464789
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY textbooks – BACKLIST Title
Format & ISBN
Price
Political Geography Mark Blacksell 2005
Hb: 978-0-415-24667-5 Pb: 978-0-415-24668-2
£85.00 £21.99
Cultural Geography Mike Crang 1998
Hb: 978-0-415-14082-9 Pb: 978-0-415-14083-6 eBook: 978-0-203-48588-0
£95.00 £20.99
Globalization and Social Change: Diane Perrons 2004 People and Places in a Divided World
Hb: 978-0-415-26695-6 Pb: 978-0-415-26696-3 eBook: 978-0-203-64643-4
£110.00 £28.99
How to do your Essays, Exams and Coursework in Peter Knight and Tony Parsons 2003 Geography and Related Disciplines
Pb: 978-0-7487-6676-5 eBook: 978-0-203-48739-6
£20.99
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-95372-6 Pb: 978-0-415-95373-3
£95.00 £39.99
The Koreas Edited by Charles K. Armstrong 2006
Hb: 978-0-415-94852-4 Pb: 978-0-415-94853-1
£90.00 £19.99
Morocco: Globalization and its Consequences Shana Cohen and Larabi Jaidi
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-94510-3 Pb: 978-0-415-94511-0
£90.00 £19.99
Iberian Worlds Gary McDonogh
2008
Hb: 978-0-415-94771-8 Pb: 978-0-415-94772-5
£85.00 £19.99
Australia: Nation, Belonging, and Globalization Anthony Moran 2004
Hb: 978-0-415-94496-0 Pb: 978-0-415-94497-7
£95.00 £23.99
Global Hong Kong Cindy Wong and Gary McDonogh 2005
Hb: 978-0-415-94769-5 Pb: 978-0-415-94770-1
£85.00 £20.99
Alejandro Grimson and 2005 Gabriel Kessler
Hb: 978-0-415-94763-3 Pb: 978-0-415-94764-0
£85.00 £19.99
The Transnational Studies Reader Intersections and Innovations
On Argentina and the Southern Cone: Neoliberalism and National Imaginations
Author
Edited by Peggy Levitt and Sanjeev Khagram
Date
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
h uman g e og r aphy te x tbo o k s
Social Movements
Contemporary Social Theory
NEW
A Reader
An Introduction
Edited by Vincenzo Ruggiero and Nicola Montagna, Middlesex University, UK
Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia
An Atlas of Middle Eastern Affairs
Series: Routledge Student Readers This timely Reader provides an anthology of the literature on social movements, including the key texts relating to the notions of conflict, social change and collective action. The editors have selected and commented on the cameos found in this field of analysis and research, from classical sociology through to contemporary social movement theory. Selected Contents: Part 1: Conflict and Collective Action Part 2: Hegemony and Collective Behaviour Part 3: Resource Mobilisation Part 4: Social Movements and the Political Process Part 5: New Social Movements Part 6: New Directions Part 7: New Global Movements 2008: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-44581-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44582-5: £25.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445825
This book is arguably the definitive undergraduate textbook on contemporary social theory. Written by one of the world’s most acclaimed social theorists, Anthony Elliott provides a dazzlingly accessible and comprehensive introduction to modern social theory from the Frankfurt School to globalization theories and beyond. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Textures of Society Part 2: The Frankfurt School Part 3: Structuralism Part 4: Post-Structuralism Part 5: Theories of Structuration Part 6: Contemporary Critical Theory Part 7: Feminism and Post-Feminist Theory Part 8: Postmodernity Part 9: Networks, Risks, Liquids Part 10: Globalization 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-38632-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38633-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93054-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415386333
NEW 2nd Edition
Theories of Race and Racism A Reader Edited by Les Back, University of London, UK and John Solomos, City University, London, UK Series: Routledge Student Readers
Theories of Race and Racism: A Reader is an important and innovative collection that brings together extracts from the work of scholars, both established and up and coming, who have helped to shape the study of race and racism as an historical and contemporary phenomenon.
This second edition incorporates new contributions and editorial material and allows readers to explore the changing terms of debates about the nature of race and racism in contemporary societies. All six parts are organized around the contributions made by theorists whose work has been influential in shaping theoretical debates. The various contributions have been chosen to reflect different theoretical perspectives and to help readers gain a feel for the changing terms of theoretical debate over time. As well as covering the main concerns of past and recent theoretical debates it provides a glimpse of relatively new areas of interest that are likely to attract more attention in years to come. Selected Contents: Part 1: Origins and Transformations Part 2: Sociology, Race and Social Theory Part 3: Racism and Anti-Semitism Part 4: Colonialism, Race and the Other Part 5: Feminism, Difference and Identity Part 6: Changing Boundaries and Spaces 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 744pp Hb: 978-0-415-41253-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41254-4: £23.99
The Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian Affairs Stanley D. Brunn, University of Kentucky, USA and Stanley W. Toops, University of Miami, USA This Atlas provides concisely written entries on the most important current issues in the Central Asia and Eurasia. Offering relevant information on the region’s place in the contemporary political and economic worlds, it includes background topics, the position of the region in the world and profiles of the constituent countries, namely Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan, and also Mongolia, western China, Tibet, and the three Caucasus states Armenia, Azerbaidjan, and Georgia. Each entry comes with timely and significant maps and data.
Designed for use in teaching undergraduate and graduate classes and seminars in geography, history, economics, anthropology, international relations, political science and the environment as well as regional courses on the Former Soviet Union, Central Asia, and Eurasia, this book is also a comprehensive reference source for libraries and scholars interested in these fields.
Ewan W. Anderson, University of Durham, UK and Liam D. Anderson, Wright State University, USA Illustrated by Ian Cool
The Middle East is a major focus of world interest. This Atlas provides accessible, concisely written entries on the most important current issues in the Middle East, combining maps with their geopolitical background. Providing a clear context for analysis of key concerns, it includes background topics, the position of the Middle East in the world and profiles of the constituent countries. Features include: • clearly and thematically organized sections covering the continuing importance of the Middle East, the background, fundamental concerns, the states and the crucial issues related to the area • original maps integrated into the text, placing international issues and conflicts in their geographical contexts • case studies and detailed analysis of each country, complete with relevant statistics and key facts • coverage of fundamental considerations such as: water shortage, the petroleum industry, and conflicts and boundary issues • a comprehensive further reading section, enabling students to cover the topic in more depth. A valuable introduction to undergraduate students of political science and Middle East studies and designed as a primary teaching aid for courses related to the Middle East in the areas of politics, history, geography, economics and military studies, this book is also an outstanding reference source for libraries and anyone interested in these fields. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Middle East in Context Section 2: The Middle Eastern Background: Geographical and Historical Section 3: Fundamental Concerns Section 4: States of the Middle East Section 5: Key Issues Section 6: Further Reading October 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-45514-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45515-2: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415455152
Selected Contents: 1. Defining the Region 2. History 3. Population 4. Environmental Bases 5. Economy 6. Energy 7. Culture 8. Politics 9. Cities. Glossary. Bibliography. Lists and Websites. Journals. Indexes: Subject and Places July 2010: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49750-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49752-7: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497527
For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415412544
Place Your Order Today For simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/geography Or use the order form at the back of this catalogue.
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
7
human geography t ext b o o ks
8
The Middle East Today Political, Geographical and Cultural Perspectives Dona Stewart, Georgia State University, USA
The Middle East Today is an accessible and comprehensive introductory textbook for undergraduate students of Middle East studies, Middle East Politics, and Geography. The book features a host of pedagogical features to assist students with their learning. These include detailed maps, case studies on key issues, boxed sections, suggestions for further reading. In addition, the book is further supplemented by a Companion Website that contains sample chapters, a selection of maps formatted for use in presentations, annotated links to online resources and websites, hints and pointers for answering the end of chapter questions. Key chapters focus on: • stereotypes of the region • the making of the modern state system • contemporary Islamist thought • the Arab-Israeli conflicts • the struggle for economic and social development • democracy and political transformation in the region. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to the Region Part 2: Emergence and Evolution of the Region Part 3: Contemporary Issues and Challenges Part 4: The Future of the Region 2009: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-77243-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77242-6: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772426
NEW in 2011
Research Methods: The Basics Nicholas Walliman, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: The Basics Research Methods: The Basics is a user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory and practice. It gives an insight into the main concepts and techniques involved in conducting effective research. Topics covered include: • the theory behind research activities and what research can be used to do • methods for collecting information and the nature and qualities of data • how data is analyzed so that sound conclusions can be drawn • writing up research and disseminating findings • the ethical issues involved in research. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential port of call for anyone coming to research for the first time and is relevant to a wide range of subjects. February 2011: 5-1/4 x 7-3/4: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48991-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48994-2: £11.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489942
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY SUPPLEMENTARY READING Remaking Regional Economies Power, Labor and Firm Strategies
Winn 2009 er of the Regio nal S Assoc tudies iation Best Book Awar d
Susan Christopherson and Jennifer Clark Series: Routledge Studies in Economic Geography
This book is both a critique of the ’new regionalism’ and a return to the ’regional question’, including all of its concerns with equity and uneven development. It will challenge researchers and students to consider the region as a central scale of action in the global economy, and at the core of the book are case studies of two industries that rely on skilled, innovative, and flexible workers – the optics and imaging industry and the film and television industry. Combined with this is a discussion of the regions that constitute their production centres. Finally, there is a re-examination of what the regional question means for the concept of the learning region. This book draws on the rich contemporary literature on the region but also addresses theoretical questions that preceded ’the new regionalism’. It will contribute to teaching and research in a range of social science disciplines and this paperback edition will also make the book more accessible to students and researchers in those disciplines. 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-35743-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55128-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00348-0
NEW
Social Movements and Activism in the USA Stephen Valocchi, Trinity College, Hartford, USA
What can we learn when we listen closely to and engage in dialogue with social movement activists?
Social Movements and Activism in the USA addresses this question for a group of progressive activists in Hartford, Connecticut, who do community, labour, feminist, gay and lesbian, peace, and anti-racist organizing. Situated within the twenty-first century landscape of post-industrialism and neo-liberalism and drawing on oral histories, the book argues for a dialogic and integrative approach to social movement activism. The dialogue between scholar and activist captures the interpretive nature of activists’ identity, the variable ways activists decide on strategies and goals, the external constraints on activism, and the creative ways activists manoeuvre around these constraints. This dialogic approach makes the book accessible and useful to students, scholars, and activists alike. The integrative nature of the text refers to its theoretical approach. Rather than advancing a new theory of social movements, it uses existing approaches as a tool kit to examine the what, how, who, and why of social movement activism. Selected Contents: 1. Scholars and Activists in Dialogue 2. Theory and Activism 3. The Context of Hartford Progressive Activism 4. What Activists Do: Developing Strategies, Conceptualizing Goals, Exploiting Opportunities 5. What Activists Do: Gathering Resources, Forming Organizations 6. What Makes Them Do It: Recruitment and Commitment to Social Movements 7. What Makes Them Tired: Activist Burnout and Managing an Activist Life 8. Who They Are: Collective Identity and Oppositional Consciousness 9. Rethinking Activists’ Questions and Scholars’. Answers September 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-46158-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46159-7: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87398-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461597
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551281
Free Monthly Newsletter Just Launched! Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our new Geography Newsletter. Signing up is quick and easy – simply email gemma-kate.hartley@tandf.co.uk highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
human g e og r aph y s uppl e me n tary r e adi n g
Ethnographies Revisited
NEW
NEW
Constructing Theory in the Field
Immigration and American Democracy
The Routledge Atlas of Civil Resistance
Subverting the Rule of Law
A Century of Nonviolent Conflict
Robert Koulish, Philadelphia University, USA
Martin Gilbert
Series: Routledge Historical Atlases
Edited by Antony J. Puddephatt, Lakehead University, USA, William Shaffir, McMaster University, Canada and Steven W. Kleinknecht, Brescia University College, USA
Ethnographies Revisited provides first-hand accounts of how leading qualitative researchers crafted key theoretical concepts found in their major book-length ethnographies. Great ethnographic research lies not in the rigid execution of prescribed methodological procedures, but on the unrelenting cultivation of theoretical ideas. These contributors focus squarely on this neglected topic, providing reflexive accounts of how research decisions were made in light of emerging theoretical questions. In contrast, this volume offers candid insights of how leading ethnographers generated their initial questions, chose their research sites, made theoretical and methodological adjustments, and oriented their research to maximize the conceptual payoff, leading to such successful research contributions. This provides a fresh approach to the topic of qualitative research, by linking practical decisions in the field to the dynamic features of theory in the making, told through the first-hand experiences of some of the best ethnographers in our field. Selected Contents: Introduction: Exercises in Reflexivity: Situating Theory in Practice Part 1: Generating Grounded Theory Part 2: Working With Sensitizing Concepts Part 3: Extending Theoretical Frames Part 4: Conceptualizing Community and Social Organization Part 5: Challenging Established Wisdom Part 6: Theorizing From Alternative Data: Documentary, Historical, and Autobiographical Sources 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-45220-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45221-2: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87650-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452212
The Immigrant Divide How Cuban Americans Changed the U.S. and their Homeland Susan Eckstein, Boston University, USA
This nuanced book offers a rare in-depth analysis of Cuban immigrants’ social, cultural, economic, and political adaptation, their transformation of Miami into the ’northern most Latin American city,’ and their cross-border engagement and homeland impact.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Immigrants and the Weight of their Past 2. Immigrant Imprint in America 3. Politics for Whom and for What? 4. The Personal is Political: Bonding Across Borders 5. Cuba Through the Looking Glass 6. Transforming Transnational Ties into Economic Worth 7. Dollarization and its Discontents: Homeland Impact of Diaspora Generosity 8. Reenvisioning Immigration. Appendix 1: Field Research
While immigration embodies America’s rhetorical commitment to democracy, it also showcases abysmal failures in democratic practice. Robert Koulish examines these failures in terms of excessive executive powers circumventing the constitution, privatization, and right-wing subversion of local democracy.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Framing ’Illegal Aliens’: Sovereignty, Plenary Powers, and Discretion 3. Criminalizing Immigration 4. Neoliberalism, Surveillance and Immigration Control 5. Privatization of Immigration Control 6. Race, Class and the Border Fence Fiasco 7. The Federalization of Sovereign Control 8. Immigrant Resistance or Immigrant Control? 9. President Obama’s New Emphasis on Immigration Control 10. Conclusion December 2009: 6 x 9: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99617-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99618-1: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88322-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996181
The series of sixty maps examine and portray the effective use of civilian-based nonviolent power, and its applications around the globe throughout the past hundred years, reaching into today’s internal social and political conflicts. The book covers topics right up to the present day, with maps showing Tibet, Belarus, Burma, West Papua and Zimbabwe. Any student of world history, conflict studies or security studies will find it to be a fascinating, useful and original resource. November 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-48651-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48652-1: £16.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486521
Transnationalism Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute, Germany Series: Key Ideas
4th Edition
The Routledge Atlas of the Holocaust Martin Gilbert Series: Routledge Historical Atlases
This new Atlas provides an overview of the evolution of sustained, civilian-based, non-military campaigns to win or defend human rights, democracy and justice, worldwide.
’A classic of Holocaust studies. No other single volume quite conveys both the sheer scale of the Holocaust, and the depth of individual tragedy.’ – BBC History Magazine The graphic history of the Nazi attempt to destroy the Jews of Europe during the Second World War is illustrated in this series of 333 detailed maps.
The maps, and the text and photographs that accompany them, powerfully depict the fate of the Jews between 1933 and 1945, while also setting the chronological story in the wider context of the War itself. 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48481-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48486-2: £16.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484862
2009: 6 x 9: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-99922-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99923-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88100-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415999236
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
This book surveys the broader meanings of transnationalism within the study of globalization before concentrating on migrant transnational practices. Each chapter demonstrates ways in which new and contemporary transnational practices of migrants are fundamentally transforming social, political and economic structures simultaneously within homelands and places of settlement.
Transnationalism provides a much-needed single, clear and condensed text concerning a major concept in academic and policy discourse today. The book is for advanced undergraduate students, postgraduates, and academics. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction: Transnationalism, Migrant Transnationalism and Transformation Part 2: Transnational Social Formations Part 3: Socio-Cultural Transformations Part 4: Political Transformations Part 5: Economic Transformations Part 6: Religious Transformations Part 7: Conclusion: Interconnected Migrants in an Interconnected World 2009: 5-1/4 x 7-3/4: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-43298-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43299-3: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92708-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415432993
9
hu m a n geography suppleme n tary r e adi n g
10
NEW
The People’s Property?
2nd Edition
Power, Politics, and the Public
Operation Gatekeeper and Beyond
Lynn Staeheli, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Donald Mitchell, Syracuse University, New York, USA
The War On Illegals and the Remaking of the U.S. – Mexico Boundary Joseph Nevins, Vassar College, USA
This is a major revision and update of Nevins’ earlier classic and is an ideal text for use with undergraduate students in a wide variety of courses on immigration, transnational issues, and the politics of race, inclusion and exclusion. Not only has the author brought his subject completely up to date, but as a ’case’ of increasing economic integration and liberalization along with growing immigration control, the US / Mexico Border and its history is put in a wider global context of similar developments elsewhere.
February 2010: 6 x 9: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99693-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99694-5: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996945
NEW
The People’s Property? is the first book-length scholarly examination of how negotiations over the ownership, control, and peopling of public space are central to the development of publicity, citizenship, and democracy in urban areas. The book asks the questions: Why does it matter who owns public property? Who controls it? Who is in it? Mitchell and Staeheli answer the questions by focusing on the interplay between property (in its geographical sense, as a parcel of owned space) and people. The book develops its argument through five case studies: protest in Washington DC; struggles over the Plaza of Santa Fe, NM; homelessness and property redevelopment in San Diego, CA; the enclosure of public space in a mall in Syracuse, NY; and community gardens in New York City. Though empirically focused on the US, the book is of broader interests as publics in all liberal democracies are under-going rapid reconsideration and transformation.
2007: 6 x 9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95522-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95523-2: £23.99
Tackling Social Exclusion John Pierson, Staffordshire University, UK
e-Focus on
Development Studies This new collection represents global coverage of Development Studies with a combination of thematic and case studies covering the global south – Africa, Asia and Latin America. This unique resource provides: • a comprehensive view of the nature, scope and impact of changes taking place in developing and transition countries • authoritative insights into developmental issues of both regional and global importance. eFocus on Development Studies is available as a subscription package of 80 titles with 10 new eBooks per annum.
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415955232
2nd Edition
New eBook Package for Libraries!
The concept of social exclusion has been a central focus of government policy for the past ten years and is now at the core of much practitioner activity. Thoroughly updated, this much needed new edition shows how social workers can combat the social exclusion experienced by service users and at the same time promote social inclusion. It clearly and accessibly demonstrates how concepts and theories of social exclusion can be used to improve practice. Tackling Social Exclusion covers: • social work perspectives and approaches promoting social inclusion • contemporary issues such as preventative work with young children and families, anti-social behaviour and tensions relating to ethnicity, immigration and faith • the role of the voluntary sector and how service agencies can change their organisation to promote inclusion
• the skills needed when working with specific groups including children and families, young people, vulnerable adults and communities as well as new material on social exclusion in more rural areas.
For more information, pricing enquiries or to order your 30 day free trial, please contact your local online sales team: UK and Rest of the world Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6062 Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk United States, Canada and South America Tel: 1-888-318-2367 Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com View the complete package here:
Each chapter is grounded in up-to-date practice examples and explores through activities, case studies and exercises how the perspective of social exclusion is changing social work today.
www.ebooksubscriptions.com/ eFocusDevelopmentStudies eBooks
October 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47833-5: £75.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-47834-2: £21.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478342
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY SUPPLEMENTARY READING – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Rethinking Landscape: A Critical Reader
Ian H. Thompson
2008
Hb: 978-0-415-42463-9 Pb: 978-0-415-42464-6
£85.00 £24.99
Hb: 978-0-8058-5863-1 Pb: 978-0-8058-5864-8 eBook: 978-1-4106-1660-9
£80.00 £24.99
Place-Based Education in the Global Age: Local Diversity
Edited by David A. Gruenewald 2007 and Gregory A. Smith
Globalization’s Contradictions: Geographies of Discipline, Destruction and Transformation
Edited by Dennis Conway and Nik Heynen
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-77061-3 Pb: 978-0-415-77062-0
£85.00 £24.99
Spaces of Social Exclusion
Jamie Gough, Aram Eisenschitz and Andrew McCulloch
2005
Hb: 978-0-415-28088-4 Pb: 978-0-415-28089-1
£95.00 £26.99
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
human g e og r aph y r e s e arc h mon og r a p h s
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY RESEARCH MONOGRAPHS NEW IN 2011
Design Economies and the Changing World Economy Innovation, Production and Competitiveness John Bryson, University of Birmingham, UK and Grete Rusten, University of Bergen, Norway Manufacturing and service companies based in high cost locations are increasingly finding it difficult to compete on price with producers located in countries like India and China. Companies located in high-cost locations either have to shift production abroad or compete on speed of production, closeness to market, technology and design. This book explores the development and operation of design economies and design-intensive firms; countries and firms whose competitive advantage is founded upon design rather than price. June 2011: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46175-7: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461757
NEW
Migration, Domestic Work and Affect Encarnación Gutiérrez Rodríguez, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society Domestic and care work in private households is now the largest employment sector for migrant women. However, the current literature has left the relationship between employers and employees unexamined. This book sheds light on the private households through its focus on the interpersonal relationships between domestic and care workers and their employers. Rodríguez draws upon several years of research in Germany, the UK, Spain, and Austria and over 100 interviews with Peruvian, Ecuadorian and Chilean women working as domestic and care workers. The narratives analysis of the personal experience of these women provides the core of the book and guides Rodríguez’s ability to explore the complicity of domestic and care work. This book will be a necessary voice in the debates on citizenship, cosmopolitanism, and migrant workers’ rights.
NEW
NEW
Critical Reflections on Regional Competitiveness
The Globalization of Advertising
Theory, Policy, Practice
James Faulconbridge, University of Lancaster, UK, Peter J. Taylor, J.V. Beaverstock and C. Nativel
Gillian Bristow, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Since the early 1990s, governments and development agencies have become increasingly preoccupied with the pursuit of regional competitiveness. However, there is considerable confusion around what exactly regional competitiveness means, how it might be achieved, whether and how it can be measured, and whether it is a meaningful and appropriate goal for regional economies. The central aim of this book is to provide a comprehensive and critical account of these debates with reference to theory, policy and practice, and thus to explore the meaning and value of the concept of regional competitiveness. January 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-47159-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86540-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415471596
NEW
Spaces of Vernacular Creativity Rethinking the Cultural Economy Edited by Tim Edensor, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, Deborah Leslie, University of Toronto, Canada, Steve Millington, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK and Norma Rantisi, Concordia University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Spaces of Vernacular Creativity offers a critical perspective on the instrumental use of arts and creative practices for the purposes of urban regeneration or civic boosterism. It provides an important contribution to the debates on the creative class and on the role of value of creative knowledge and skills. The book aims to contribute to contemporary academic debates regarding the development of post-industrial economies and the cognitive cultural economy. It will appeal to a wide range of disciplines including, geography, applied art, planning, cultural studies, sociology and urban studies, plus specialized programmes on creativity and cultural industries at undergraduate and postgraduate levels. October 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48095-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88644-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480956
The Spatial Turn Interdisciplinary Perspectives
March 2010: 6 x 9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99473-6: £60.00
Edited by Barney Warf and Santa Arias, both at Florida State University, USA
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415994736
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography This book analyzes approaches to space, identifying commonalities, and explores how and why differences appear. It includes thirteen essays by authors from America, Canada, Europe and Latin America and will appeal to everyone conducting conceptual and theoretical research on space in geography and other related fields. 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77573-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775731
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Agencies, Cities and Spaces of Creativity
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography By drawing on a previously unpublished research that collected insights in the form of quantitative and qualitative data, this book unpacks the contemporary structure and spatial organization of global advertising agencies and the way this is defined by advertising as a cultural product and time-space sensitive service. The geographies of teamwork in contemporary advertising work, intra-organizational power relations and the distribution of organizational capabilities are all explored to reveal how global agencies operate as transnationally integrated organizations. This allows understanding to be developed of the role of the offices of global agencies located in Detroit, Los Angeles and New York City in relational networks of advertising work. In particular, this book reveals how the role of New York, Detroit and Los Angeles in advertising work has changed radically over recent years. These cities in the USA – the pre-eminent market for advertising – have experienced both growth and decline in employment as a result of their position in global networks of advertising work, networks that operate in the context of the rise of new and emerging centres of advertising in Asia and South America. October 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56716-9: £78.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86089-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567169
NEW
Social Class in Europe An Introduction to the European Socio-Economic Classification Edited by David Rose, Institute for Social and Economic Research, UK and Eric Harrison, City University, UK Series: Routledge/ESA Studies in European Societies This timely volume introduces a new social class schema, the European Socio-economic Classification (ESeC), which has been specifically developed and tested for use in EU comparative research. Social Class in Europe aims to introduce researchers to the new classification and its research potential. Since socio-economic classifications are so widely used in official and academic research, this collection is essential reading for all users of both government and academic social classifications. While primarily aimed at researchers who will be using the ESeC, the book’s contents will also have a wider appeal as it is suitable for students taking substantive courses in European studies or as a supplementary text for undergraduates studying the EU, Sociology and Economics. Because of its inherent methodological interest, the book should prove a valuable tool for undergraduate and graduate courses that discuss how social scientists construct and validate basic measures. It will also be required reading for policy-makers and analysts concerned with social inequality and social exclusion across Europe. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introducing the ESeC Part 2: Measuring Social Class Part 3: Using ESeC in Comparative Research on Social Class Part 4: Conclusions October 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-45801-6: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458016
11
12
hu m a n geography rese arch m on og r aph s
Rethinking Maps
Time-Space Compression
NEW
New Frontiers in Cartographic Theory
Historical Geographies
Indian Ocean Studies
Edited by Martin Dodge, University of Manchester, UK, Rob Kitchin, National University of Ireland, Maynooth, Ireland and Chris Perkins, University of Manchester, UK
Barney Warf, Florida State University, USA
Cultural, Social, and Political Perspectives
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography
Edited by Shanti Moorthy and Ashraf Jamal, University of Malaya, Malaysia
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Rethinking Maps brings together leading researchers to explore how maps are being rethought, made and used, and what these changes mean. Selected Contents: 1. Thinking about Maps Rob Kitchin, Chris Perkins and Martin Dodge 2. Rethinking Maps and Identity: Choropleths, Clines and Biopolitics Jeremy W. Crampton 3. Rethinking Maps from a More-Than-Human Perspective: Nature-Society, Mapping, and Conservation Territories Leila Harris and Helen Hazen 4. Web Mapping 2.0 Georg Gartner 5. Modelling the Earth: A Short History Michael F. Goodchild 6. Theirwork: The Development of Sustainable Mapping Dominica Williamson and Emmet Connolly 7. Cartographic Representation and the Construction of Lived Worlds: Understanding Cartographic Practice as Embodied Knowledge Amy Propen 8. The 39 Steps and the Mental Map of Classical Cinema Tom Conley 9. The Emotional Life of Maps and Other Visual Geographies Jim Craine and Stuart Aitken 10. Playing with Maps Chris Perkins 11. Ce n’est pas le Monde [This is Not the World] John Krygier and Denis Wood 12. Mapping Modes, Methods and Moments: A Manifesto for Map Studies Martin Dodge, Chris Perkins and Rob Kitchin 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46152-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87684-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461528
Participatory Action Research Approaches and Methods Connecting People, Participation and Place Edited by Sara Louise Kindon, Rachel Pain and Mike Kesby
This volume explores the multiple ways in which people experience time-space compression in varying historical and geographical circumstances. Including economic, cultural, social, political and psychological dimensions of time-space compression. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Folding Time and Space 2. Theorizing Time-Space Compression 3. Early Modern Time-Space Compression 4. Late Modern Time-Space Compression 5. Postmodern Time-Space Compression 6. Concluding Thoughts 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41803-4: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93805-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415418034
NEW
Development and Gender Equity in the Anglophone Caribbean Michelle Rowley, University of Maryland, USA Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book explores the extent to which gender-mainstreaming (GM) has effectively advanced a more gender-just reality for women in the Anglophone Caribbean. November 2010: 6 x 9: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87854-8: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415878548
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography
NEW
This book examines the justification, theorization, practice and implications of Participatory Action Research approaches and methods in the social and environmental sciences.
Gender and Agrarian Reforms
Selected Contents: Part 1: Reflection Part 2: Action Part 3: Reflection. Conclusion 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40550-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93367-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405508
International Migration and Knowledge Allan Williams and Vladimir Balá Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Challenges pre-conceived views and argues the need to understand that all international migrants are potentially knowledge carriers and learners, and that they play an essential role in the globalization of knowledge transactions. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Theorising International Migration and Knowledge 3. Knowledge and Knowledge Transactions 4. The Changing Context of International Migration 5. National and Regional Perspectives 6. Firm Level Perspectives 7. Individual Perspectives 8. Future Challenges 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43492-8: £75.00
Susie Jacobs, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book presents an overview of gender and agrarian reform experiences globally, highlighting case studies from Latin America, Asia, Africa and Eastern Europe. Jacobs also compares agrarian and land reforms organized along collective lines as well as those organizing along individual household lines. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Theoretical Perspectives 1. Debates over Agrarian Reform 2. Concepts for a Gendered Analysis of Agrarian Reform 3. The Gendered Effects of Household Models of Land Reform Part 2: Collectives and Decollectivisations 4. Gender and Agricultural Collectives: Soviet-Type Economies 5. China: From Collectivisation to the Household Responsibility System 6. Viet Nam: Egalitarian Land Reform Part 3: Household Models of Reform and Alternatives 7. Mobilisation and Marginalisation: Latin American Examples 8. Land Reforms, Customary Law and Land Titling in Sub-Saharan Africa 9. Conclusion October 2009: 6 x 9: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-37648-8: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415376488
Series: Routledge Indian Ocean Series Famously referred to as the ’cradle of globalization,’ the Indian Ocean has received increasing attention from scholars. However, few have examined the ’human’ dimensions of the ocean. In this volume, historians, geographers, anthropologists and literary analysts each address a specific human factor in Indian Ocean exchanges. November 2009: 6 x 9: 454pp Hb: 978-0-415-80390-8: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415803908
NEW
The Legal, the Spatial and the Pragmatics of World-Making Nomospheric Investigations David Delaney, Amherst College, USA Critical legal geography is practised by an increasing number of scholars in various disciplines, but it has not had the benefit of an overarching theoretical framework that might overcome its currently rather ad hoc character. This book remedies this situation. Presenting a balanced convergence of contemporary socio-legal and critical geographic scholarship, David Delaney offers a ground-breaking contribution to the fast growing field of legal geography. Much of what is experientially significant about how the world is as it is and what it’s like to be in the world directly implicates the dynamic interplay of space, law, meaning and power. And The This book provides the interpretive resources necessary for discerning and understanding the practices and projects involved in this interplay. Selected Contents: Part 1: Orientations Part 2: Investigations Part 3: Reflections April 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46319-5: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463195
NEW
The Caucasus – An Introduction Frederik Coene, European Commission, Belgium Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe The Caucasus is one of the most complicated regions in the world: with many different peoples and political units, differing religious allegiances, and frequent conflicts, and where historically major world powers have clashed with each other. Until now there has been no single book for those wishing to learn about this complex region. This book fills the gap, providing a clear, comprehensive introduction to the Caucasus. It covers the geography; the historical development of the region; economics; politics and government; population; religion and society; culture and traditions; alongside its conflicts and international relations. October 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48660-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486606
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434928
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
human geography r e f e re n c e
The Pacific
NEW
Donald B. Freeman, York University, Canada
Teletechnologies, Place and Community
Series: Seas in History In this fascinating and exciting overview, Donald B. Freeman explores the role of the Pacific Ocean in human history. Covering over one third of the globe, the Pacific Ocean plays a vital role in the lives and fortunes of more than two billion people who live on its rim-lands and islands. It has played a crucial part in shaping the histories of the different Pacific cultures, towards which it has appeared in a variety of different guises. Exploring the ocean’s place in human history, this wide ranging book draws together the long and varied physical, economic, cultural and political history of the Pacific, from Prehistory through to the present day. It takes an interdisciplinary approach to show the changing viewpoints of those who explored, exploited and settled the Pacific, including the inhabitants of its Asian and American rim-lands. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Comprehending the Pacific: Environmental Influences and Effects 2. Peopling the Pacific: From Prehistory to the First European Incursions 3. Claiming the Pacific: European Exploration and Annexation 4. Encompassing the Pacific: Revolutions in Transport, Navigation and Chart-Making 5. Exploiting Pacific Resources 6. Contesting the Pacific: Military Activity, Colonial Struggle and Imperial Competition 7. Picturing the Pacific: The Ocean Hemisphere in Art, Literature and Film 8. Developing the Pacific: Political Independence, Economic Advancement, and Environmental Protection. Conclusion. Selected Bibliography August 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77572-4: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775724
Rowan Wilken, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies Teletechnologies, or technologies of distance, cannot be ignored. Indeed, the present electronic age is said to have wrought profound changes to how we think about and experience who we are, where we are, and how we relate with one another. Place and community have traditionally formed key concepts for thinking about these issues, but what relevance do these concepts now hold for us? In this wide-ranging study, Wilken re-evaluates how ideas of place and community intersect with and help us make sense of a world transformed by information and communication technologies. November 2010: 6 x 9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87595-0: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415875950
Annals of the Association of American Geographers www.tandf.co.uk/journals/raag
Children’s Geographies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cchg
Gender, Place and Culture www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cgpc
Interpreting Human Rights Social Science Perspectives Edited by Rhiannon Morgan, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Bryan Turner, Wellesley College, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology In recent decades, human rights have come to occupy an apparently unshakable position as a key and pervasive feature of contemporary global public culture. At the same time, human rights have become a central focus of research in the social sciences, embracing distinctive analytical and empirical agendas for the study of rights. This volume gathers together original social-scientific research on human rights, and in doing so situates them in an open intellectual terrain, thereby responding to the complexity and scope of meanings, practices, and institutions associated with such rights. Chapters in the book examine diverse theoretical perspectives and examine such issues as the right to health, indigenous peoples’ rights, cultural politics, the role of the United Nations, women and violence, the role of corporations and labour law. Written by leading scholars in the field and from a range of disciplines across the social sciences, this volume combines new empirical research with both established and innovative social theory.
Geopolitics www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fgeo
Irish Geography www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rigy
Journal of Cultural Geography www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjcg
Journal of Geography in Higher Education www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjgh
The Professional Geographer www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rtpg
Regional Studies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cres
Scottish Geographical Journal
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY REFERENCE NEW – handbook
Handbook of Local and Regional Development Edited by Andy Pike, Newcastle University, UK, Andres Rodriguez-Pose, London School of Economics, UK and John Tomaney The Handbook of Local and Regional Economic Development provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for local and regional development in an international and multi-disciplinary context. Specifically, it aims to provide critical reviews and appraisals of the current state of the art and future development of conceptual and theoretical approaches as well as empirical knowledge and understanding of local and regional development, to encourage dialogue across the disciplinary barriers between notions of ‘local and regional development’ in the Global North and ‘development studies’ in the Global South through the international reach and scope of its coverage and contributors and to engage with and reflect upon the politics and policy of how we think about and practice local and regional development. The Handbook seeks to establish local and regional development in an international and multidisciplinary context. Firstly, it encourages an approach that reflects upon and questions what we mean by ‘development’ locally and regionally in economic, social, cultural, ecological and political terms. Secondly, it underlines the importance of questioning the appropriateness of any ‘spaceless’ and/or ‘placeless’ generalized theory, policy and practice of local and regional development and emphasises the need to develop more context-sensitive approaches to local and regional development wedded to more foundational concerns such as democracy, equity, internationalism and solidarity. Lastly, it promotes an appreciation of politics and power relations and practice in multi-level, multi-agent and devolving systems of government and governance and the normative dimensions of value judgements about the kinds of local and regional development we should be pursuing. Selected Contents: Section 1: Local and Regional Development in a Global Context Section 2: Defining the Principles and Values of Local and Regional Development Section 3: Concepts and Theories of Local and Regional Development Section 4: Government and Governance Section 5: Local and Regional Development Policy Section 6: Global Perspectives Section 7: Reflections and Futures
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsgj
July 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-54831-1: £125.00
Social & Cultural Geography
For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548311
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rscg
2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-48615-6: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486156
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
13
hu m a n geography referen ce
14
The International Social Survey Programme 1984-2009
HANDBOOK
NEW – HANDBOOK
The Routledge International Handbook of Youth and Young Adulthood
The Routledge International Handbook of Globalization Studies
New Perspectives and Agendas
Edited by Bryan S. Turner, Wellesley College, USA
Edited by Andy Furlong, Glasgow University, UK
Series: Routledge International Handbooks
Series: Routledge International Handbooks
Written by leading academics from several countries, this Handbook introduces up to date perspectives on a wide range of issues that affect and shape youth and young adulthood. It provides an authoritative and multi-disciplinary overview of a field of study that offers unique insight on social change in a advanced societies and is aimed at academics, students, researchers and policy-makers. The Handbook introduces some of the key theoretical perspectives used within youth studies and sets out future research agendas. Each of the ten sections covers an important area of research – from education and the labour market to youth cultures, health and crime, whilst discussing change and continuity in the lives of young people. This work introduces readers to some of the most important work in the field while highlighting the underlying perspectives that have been used to understand the complexity of modern youth and young adulthood. August 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 496pp Pb: 978-0-415-44541-2: £28.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445412
Charting the Globe
The Handbook offers students clear and informed chapters on the history of globalization and key theories that have considered the causes and consequences of the globalization process. There are substantive sections looking at demographic, economic, technological, social and cultural changes in globalization. The Handbook examines many negative aspects – new wars, slavery, illegal migration, pollution and inequality – but concludes with an examination of responses to these problems through human rights organizations, international labour law and the growth of cosmopolitanism. There is a strong emphasis on interdisciplinary approaches with essays covering sociology, demography, economics, politics, anthropology and history. The Handbook, written in a clear and direct style, will appeal to a wide audience. The extensive references and sources will direct students to areas of further study. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theories and Definitions Part 2: Substantive Issues Part 3: New Institutions and Cultures Part 4: Critical Solutions November 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 728pp Hb: 978-0-415-45808-5: £125.00
Edited by Max Haller, University of Graz, Austria, Roger Jowell, City University London, UK and Tom W. Smith, NORC at the University of Chicago, USA Series: Social Research Today
The social sciences rely more on the comparative method than on experimental data mainly because the latter is difficult to acquire amongst human populations. The International Social Survey Programme has played a pioneering role in creating and sustaining methodologically-sophisticated mass attitude surveys across the globe. Starting in 1984 with five nations, it now encompasses forty-five nations spread over five continents, each administering an identical annual survey to a random sample of their population. Analyses of the data or descriptions of the methodology already appear in over 3,000 publications. This book contains new contributions from three dozen eminent scholars who analyze and compare the perceptions and attitudes of citizens across all five continents, nations and over time. Subjects range from inequality and the role of the state; ethnic, national and global identities; the changing relevance of religion, beliefs and practices; gender roles, family values and work orientations; household and society. Some chapters focus on methodological issues; others focus on substantive findings. This book sets new standards for cross-cultural research. August 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-49192-1: £115.00
For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458085
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491921
Full Table of Contents For a full table of contents on all titles featured in this catalogue, visit: www.routledge.com/geography
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY research and reference – BACKLIST Title
Author
Geographies of the New Economy: Critical Reflections
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Edited by Peter W. Daniels, 2009 Andrew Leyshon, Michael J. Bradshaw and Jonathan Beaverstock
Pb: 978-0-415-49351-2
£20.00
Economic Geography: Past, Present and Future
Edited by Sharmistha Bagchi-Sen 2006 and Helen Lawton Smith
Hb: 978-0-415-36784-4 eBook: 978-0-203-02025-8
£85.00
Service Industries and Asia Pacific Cities: New Development Trajectories
Edited by Peter W. Daniels, Kong Chong Ho and Tom Hutton
2005
Hb: 978-0-415-32749-7
£75.00
Globalization and Migration: New Issues, New Politics
Edited by Ronaldo Munck
2009
Hb: 978-0-415-46832-9
£75.00
Global Geographies of Post-Socialist Transition: Geographies, Societies, Policies
Tassilo Herrschel
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-32149-5
£80.00
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
ur ban s tudi e s te x tbo o k s
URBAN STUDIES TEXTBOOKS 3rd Editon
Urban Geography A Global Perspective Michael Pacione, University of Strathclyde, UK
The principal goal of this third edition remains that of providing instructors and students of the contemporary city with a comprehensive introduction to the expanding field of urban studies. The structure of the first two editions is maintained, with minor amendments. Each of the thirty chapters has been revised to incorporate recent developments in the field. All of the popular study aids are retained; the glossary has been expanded; and chapter references and notes updated to reflect the latest research. This third edition also provides new and expanded discussion of key themes and debates including detailed consideration of metacities, boomburgs, public space, urban sprawl, balanced communities, urban economic restructuring, poverty and financial exclusion, the right to the city, urban policy, reverse migration , and traffic and transport problems. Finally part six affords a prospective on the future of cities and cities of the future. New to this edition are: further readings based on the latest research; updated data and statistics; an expanded glossary; new key concepts; additional study questions; and a listing of useful websites. The book provides a comprehensive interpretation of the urban geography of the contemporary world. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Study of Urban Geography 1. Urban Geography: From Global to Local 2. Concepts and Theory in Urban Geography Part 2: An Urbanising World 3. The Origins and Growth of Cities 4. The Global Context of Urbanisation and Urban Change 5. Regional Perspectives on Urbanisation and Urban Change 6. National Urban Systems Part 3: Urban Structure and Land Use in the Western City 7. Land Use in the City 8. Urban Planning and Policy 9. New Towns 10. Residential Mobility and Neighbourhood Change 11. Housing Problems and Housing Policy 12. Urban Retailing 13. Urban Transportation Part 4: Living in the City: Economy, Society and Politics in the Western City 14. The Economy of Cities 15. Poverty and Deprivation in the Western City 16. National and Local Responses to Urban Economic Change 17. Collective Consumption and Social Justice in the City 18. Residential Differentiation and Communities in the City 19. Urban Liveability 20. Power, Politics and Urban Governance Part 5: Urban Geography in the Third World 21. Third World Urbanisation within a Global Urban System 22. Internal Structure of Third World Cities 23. Rural – Urban Migration in the Third World 24. Urban Economy and Employment in the Third World 25. Housing the Third World Urban Poor 26. Environmental Problems in Third World Cities 27. Health in the Third World City 28. Traffic and Transport in the Third World City 29. Poverty, Power and Politics in the Third World City Part 6: Prospective – The Future of the City: Cities of The Future 30. The Future of the City – Cities of the Future 2009: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-46201-3: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46202-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88192-7
3rd Edition
NEW
Urban Geography
5th Edition
Tim Hall, University of Gloucestershire, UK
Urban and Regional Planning
Series: Routledge Contemporary Human Geography
Peter Hall and Mark Tewdwr-Jones, both at University College London, UK
More than simply examining the new geographical patterns forming within cities, this third edition of Urban Geography investigates the way geographers have sought to make sense of this urban transformation. Selected Contents: 1. Why Urban Geography? 2. New Cities, New Urban Geographies 3. Changing Approaches in Urban Geography 4. The Changing Economic Geography of the City 5. Urban Policy and Regeneration 6. Transforming the Image of the City 7. Recent Urban Change 8. Unequal Cities 9. Sustainability and the City 10. Your Urban Geographies 2006: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-34445-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34446-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49583-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415344463
Urban Regeneration in the UK Andrew Tallon, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK
This text provides an accessible, yet critical, synthesis of urban regeneration in the UK incorporating key policies, approaches, issues and debates. The central objective of the book is to place the historical and contemporary regeneration agenda into context.
Urban Regeneration in the UK blends the approaches taken by central government programmes and cities themselves in the regeneration process. The latest ideas and examples from across disciplines and across the UK’s urban areas are illustrated. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date synthesis that will fill a significant gap in the current literature on regeneration and will be a tool for students as well as a seminal read for practitioners and researchers.
This is the fifth edition of the classic text for students of urban and regional planning. It gives a historical overview of the developments and changes in the theory and practice of planning, throughout the entire twentieth century. This extensively revised edition follows the successful format of previous editions: • an introduction on the establishment of planning as part of the public health reforms of the late nineteenth century • national and regional planning, and planning for cities and city regions, in the UK, from 1945 to 2010, is then considered • planning in Western Europe, since 1945, now incorporating new material on EU-wide issues, as well as updated country specific sections • planning in the United States, since 1945, now discussing the continuing trends of urban dispersal and social polarisation, as well as initiatives in land use planning and transportation policies • finally the book looks at the nature of the planning process at the start of the twenty-first century, reflecting briefly on shifts in planning paradigms since the 1960s and going on to discuss the main issues of the 1990s and 2000s. Selected Contents: 1. Planning, Planners and Plans 2. The Origins: Urban Growth from 1800 to 1940 3. The Seers: Pioneer Thinkers in Urban Planning, from 1880 to 1945 4. The Creation of the Post-War Planning Machine, from 1940 to 1952 5. National/Regional Planning from 1945 to 2010 6. Planning for Cities and City Regions from 1945 to 2010 7. Planning in Western Europe Since 1945 8. Planning in the United States Since 1945 9. The Planning Process July 2010: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-56652-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56654-4: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86142-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566544
Selected Contents: Section 1: The Context for Urban Regeneration 1. Introduction: The Decline and Rise of UK Cities Section 2: Central Government Urban Regeneration Policy 2. The Early Years: Town and Country Planning and Area-Based Policies 3. Entrepreneurial Regeneration in the 1980s 4. Competition and Community in Urban Policy in the 1990s 5. New Labour, New Urban Policy? Regeneration Since the Late 1990s Section 3: Cities in Transition: Themes and Approaches 6. Urban Competitiveness 7. New Forms of Urban Governance 8. Community and Regeneration 9. Urban Regeneration and Sustainability 10. City Centre Retail-Led Regeneration 11. Housing-Led Regeneration and Gentrification 12. Leisure and Cultural Regeneration 13. Regenerating Suburban and Exurban Areas of Cities Section 4: Conclusion 14. Urban Regeneration into the Future August 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-42596-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42597-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87259-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415425971
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415462020
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
View any
product
online using the urls below each listing
15
u rban st u di e s tex tbook s
16
3rd Edition
Planning in the USA Policies, Issues and Processes J. Barry Cullingworth and Roger Caves, San Diego State University, USA
This extensively revised and expanded third edition of Planning in the USA continues to provide a comprehensive introduction to the policies, theory and practice of planning. Discussing land use, urban planning and environmental protection policies, this fully illustrated book explains the nature of the planning process and the way in which policy issues are identified, defined and approached. New planning legislation and regulations at the state and federal layers of government are exemplified alongside examples of local ordinances in a variety of planning areas. New material includes: • a new chapter on the Comprehensive Plan • a new chapter on the use of technology in planning • a discussion on planning in New Orleans after Katrina • the implications and aftermath of Kelo v. New London • a discussion on the Kyoto Protocol and Global Warming • a discussion on form-based codes, performance zoning
• an enhanced discussion of financing urban development, including General Obligation Bonds and Revenue Bonds; the implications of Oregon’s Measure 37 • a discussion on congestion charging • a discussion on wetlands • a discussion of Big-Box stores and aesthetics • a discussion on the Main Street Program and Business Improvement Districts. The text features numerous boxed case studies, illustrations, and photographs. This book offers a thoroughly detailed account of urbanization in the United States and reveals the problematic nature and limitations of the planning process, the fallibility of experts and the difficulties facing policy-makers in their search for solutions. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Planning and Government 1. The Nature of Planning 2. Urbanization 3. Governing and Planning Urban Areas Part 2: Land Use Regulation 4. The Evolution of Planning and Zoning 5. The Institutional and Legal Framework of Planning and Zoning 6. The Techniques of Zoning and Subdivision Regulations 7. The Comprehensive Plan 8. Financing and Planning for Development Part 3: Growth Management 9. Growth Management and Local Government 10. Urban Growth Management and the States Part 4: Planning and Development Issues 11. Aesthetics 12. Heritage and Historic Preservation 13. Transportation 14. Housing 15. Community and Economic Development Part 5: Environmental Policy and Planning 16. Environmental Policy and Planning 17. The Limits of Environmental Policy Part 6: Technology in Planning 18. Technology and Planning. Conclusion 19. Some Final Questions 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77420-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77421-5: £32.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774215
Environment and the City
NEW
Peter Roberts, University of Leeds, UK, Joe Ravetz and Clive George, both at University of Manchester, UK
Cities and Suburbs
Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment
Bernadette Hanlon, University of Maryland Baltimore County, USA, John Rennie Short, University of Maryland Baltimore County, USA and Thomas J. Vicino
Environment and the City is an introduction to the many layers of the ‘human urban environment’. It examines the full range of issues and elements that make-up the urban environment, including the consumption of resources, population pressures, and the pattern of urban development. These different issues and elements are examined through adopting an inter-disciplinary perspective, drawing equally on geography, sociology, economics and political science, as well as the environmental and resource sciences. As a consequence, the book is able to focus on the key debates that are of critical importance for the cities of both the developed and less-developed nations. The result is not a simple, single solution, rather the book offers a set of directions and tools of enquiry that provide a realistic and practical approach to understanding and managing sustainable cities and regions. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Human Urban Environment 1. Introduction 2. The Human Urban Environment – Scope and Methods 3. Future Cities – Urban Environments in Transition 4. Urban Environments in a Global Context Part 2: From Causes To Effects 5. Towards the Eco-City – the Physical Urban Environment 6. City Form and Fabric – the Urban Built Environment 7. Cities in Global Markets – the Economic Urban Environment 8. Community and Lifestyle – the Social Urban Environment Part 3: From Problems To Solutions 9. What Next? – Methods and Tools for the Urban Environment 10. Towards Sustainable Cities and Regions 11. Appendices 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-30246-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30247-0: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415302470
New Metropolitan Realities in the US
Cities and Suburbs offers a comprehensive examination of demographic and socioeconomic processes of US suburbanization by providing a succinct guide to understanding the dynamic relationship between metropolitan structure and processes of social change. A variety of case studies are used in the chapters to explore suburban successes and failures and the discourse concludes with reflections on metropolitan policy and planning for the twenty-first century. The topics of discussion include: • key ideas and concepts on the demographic and sociospatial aspects of metropolitan change • the changing nature of city and suburban population migration and their relationships with changes at the local, metropolitan, national, and global levels • current metropolitan public policy issues of large cities and suburbs • links of suburbanization to metropolitan transformation and the growing dichotomy between suburban decline and suburban sprawl in metropolitan areas. Cities and Suburbs relies on theorized case studies, demographic analysis, maps, and photos from North America. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Metropolitan Landscape Part 1: The Rise of Metropolis 2. The Rise of the Cit 3. The Rise of the Suburban Metropolis 4. The New Metropolis Part 2: Metropolitan Complexity 5. The New Metropolitan Model 6. Portraits of Metropolitan Diversity 7. The Rise of Immigrant Suburbs Part 3: Suburban Gothic 8. Suburban Gothic 9. Suburbs in Crisis Part 4: Public Policies 10. Metropolitan Public Policy 11. Growth Management and Environmental Sustainability Part 5: Conclusion 12. Prospects and Trajectories November 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49730-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49731-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87776-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497312
City Phil Hubbard, Loughbourough University, UK Series: Key Ideas in Geography Phil Hubbard locates the concept of ‘the city’ within current traditions of social thought, providing a basis for understanding its varying usages and meanings through a critical discussion of the contribution of key authors and thinkers. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Urban Theory, Modern and Postmodern 2. The Represented City 3. The Everyday City 4. The Hybrid City 5. The Intransitive City 6. The Creative City. Conclusion 2006: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-33099-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33100-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-39225-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415331005
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
ur ban s tudi e s te x tbo o k s
Routledge Urban Reader Series Series Edited by Richard LeGates, San Francisco State University, USA and Frederic Stout, Stanford University, USA This exciting series responds to the need for comprehensive coverage of the classic and essential texts that form the basis of intellectual work in the various academic disciplines and professional fields concerned with cities. The readers focus on the key topics encountered by undergraduates, graduates and scholars in urban studies and allied fields, the contributions of major theoreticians and practitioners and other individuals, groups and organizations that study the city or practise in a field that affects the city. As well as drawing together the best of classic and contemporary writings on the city, each reader features extensive general, section and selection introductions prepared by the volume editors to place the selections in context, illustrate relations among topics, provide information on the author and point readers towards additional related biographic material. 4th Edition
The City Reader Edited by Richard LeGates, San Francisco State University, USA and Frederic Stout, Stanford University, USA
This fourth edition of the highly successful The City Reader is newly updated and clearly structured to aid student understanding. It brings together the very best of publications on the city by renowned authors both classic and contemporary.
The Urban and Regional Planning Reader Edited by Eugénie Birch, University of Pennsylvania, USA
The Urban and Regional Planning Reader draws together the very best of classic and contemporary writings to illuminate the planning of cities and metropolitan areas. Forty-seven generous selections include contributions from Lewis Mumford, Jane Jacobs, Ian McHarg, Paul Davidoff, Charles Harr, Susan Fainstein and Charles J. Hoch through to Timothy Beatley; Jonathan Barnett, Alex Garvin, Tom Daniels, Andres Duany and Barbara Faga. The variety and wide selection of readings offers one of the most innovative amalgamations of planning research and practice. The Reader lays out the context, range of concerns, history, methods and key topics for twenty-first century urban and regional planning. Sections on the world of planning, history and theory, classic readings, practice and current issues include writings with a focus on the distribution of space and place, essays on housing, transportation design, environment, community development, the effects of cultural diversity and information technology on land use and other topics. It displays the techniques used to direct and control growth, including zoning, master planning, public budgeting and citizen participation. It explores different types of plans distinguished by their scale and reference type. It references analytical and presentation techniques and outlines ethical issues confronting planners. Selected Contents: Part 1: The World of Urban and Regional Planning Part 2: History and Theory Of Urban and Regional Planning Part 3: Classics in Urban And Regional Planning Part 4: The Plan: Its Origins and Contemporary Uses Part 5: Planning Practice and Methods Part 6: Key Topics in Urban and Regional Planning Part 7: Emerging Issues in Urban and Regional Planning 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-31997-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31998-0: £28.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415319980
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Evolution of Cities Part 2: Urban Culture and Society Part 3: Urban Space Part 4: Urban Politics, Governance, and Economics Part 5: Urban Planning History and Visions Part 6: Urban Planning Theory and Practice Part 7: Perspectives on Urban Design Part 8: The Future of the City 2007: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 632pp Hb: 978-0-415-77083-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77084-2: £30.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415770842
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
2nd Edition
Sustainable Urban Development Reader Edited by Stephen M. Wheeler, University of California, Davis, USA and Timothy Beatley, University of Virginia, USA
’A comprehensive and intellectually rich compendium of the state-of-the-art knowledge on sustainable urban development. The scholarly, judicious choice of topics and contributors, and the sequencing of the readings are admirable. A carefully crafted synthesis of the major themes associated with sustainable urban development.’ – Journal of the American Planning Association Building on the success of its first edition, the second edition of the Sustainable Urban Development Reader expands its selection of classic material on sustainable community development. As in the previous edition, it begins by tracing the roots of the sustainable development concept in the nineteenth and twentieth century’s, before presenting classic readings on a number of dimensions of the sustainability concept. Topics covered include land use and urban design, transportation, ecological planning and restoration, energy and materials use, economic development, social and environmental justice, and green architecture and building. All sections have a concise editorial introduction that places the selection in context and suggests further reading. Additional sections cover tools for sustainable development, sustainable development internationally, visions of sustainable community and case studies from around the world. The book also includes educational exercises for individuals, university classes, or community groups, and an extensive list of recommended readings.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Origins of the Sustainability Concept Part 2: Dimensions of Sustainable Urban Development Part 3: Tools for Sustainability Planning Part 4: Sustainable Urban Development Internationally Part 5: Visions of Sustainable Community 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-45381-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45382-0: £31.50 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453820
17
u rban st u di e s tex tbook s
18
Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City Series
NEW
Cities and Cinema
Cities and Design
Barbara Mennel, University of Florida, USA
Paul L. Knox, Virginia Tech, USA
Series Edited by Malcolm Miles, University of Plymouth, UK and John Rennie-Short, University of Maryland, USA The series is designed to allow undergraduate readers to make sense of, and find a critical way into, urbanism. It will cover social, political, economic, cultural and spatial concerns. NEW
Cities, Politics & Power Simon Parker, University of York, UK The text provides a critical introduction into how, on whose behalf, and with what consequences the cities in which we live are run. The five sections begin with a short introduction that anticipates and explains the argument and organization of the book. It then proceeds from the study of urban political behaviour through to an analysis of urban governance and policy-making where key theories are explained and explored in the context of comparative case studies. The penultimate section considers how forms of social identity and information and communication processes serve to shape the urban world, and demonstrates how urban form and the built environment can be analyzed in terms of the resources of power available to different groups of urban actors. In the conclusion the author calls for a reformulation of the methods by which political and social scientists have interpreted power in urban societies. Distinctive features of this volume are its holistic view of urban power, its application of key theories to real world examples (especially from the Global South), and a narrative structure that is sensitive to the historical and comparative context in which urban political systems have developed. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. The Plan of the Book Part 2: The Political Life of Cities 2. Citizens and the Civic Community 3. The Uncivil City: Violence, Conflict and Resistance 4. Urban Movements and Organised Interests Part 3: Urban Governance 5. Who Governs the City? 6. The Confines of Power: Cities, Regions and States in a Global Perspective 7. The Entrepreneurial City: The Political Economy of Urban Power Part 4: Identity, Communication and Space 8. The Politics of Urban Identity 9. The Information Industry and the Networks of Urban Power 10. The Topographies of Urban Power Part 5: Conclusion 11. Rethinking Politics and Power in the Urban World April 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36579-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36580-2: £17.50 eBook: 978-0-203-01828-6
Cities and Design explores the complex relationships between design and urban environments. It traces the intellectual roots of urban design, presents a critical appraisal of the imprint and effectiveness of the design professions in shaping urban environments, examines the role of design in the material culture of contemporary cities, and explores the complex linkages among designers, producers, and distributors in contemporary cities: for example fashion and graphic design in New York; architecture, fashion, and publishing in London; furniture, industrial design, interior design and fashion in Milan; haute couture in Paris; sportswear and athletic shoes in Portland, Oregon; and so on. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Cities, Design and Urban Life 2. Design, Designers and the Resurgent Metropolis Part 2: The Intentional City 3. Better by Design 4. The City Redesigned: Modernity, Effeciency and Equity 5. Design for New Sensibilities Part 3: Designer Cities 6. Design and Affect in Urban Spaces 7. Design Services and the City 8. Conclusion: Towards Liveability and Sustainability June 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-49288-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49289-8: £20.99
Cities and Cinema puts urban theory and cinema studies in dialogue. The book’s first section analyzes three important genres of city films that follow in historical sequence, each associated with a particular city, moving from the city film of the Weimar Republic to the film noir associated with Los Angeles and the image of Paris in the cinema of the French New Wave. The second section discusses socio-historical themes of urban studies, beginning with the relationship of film industries and individual cities, continuing with the portrayal of war torn and divided cities, and ending with the cinematic expression of utopia and dystopia in urban science fiction. The last section negotiates the question of identity and place in a global world, moving from the portrayal of ghettos and barrios to the city as a setting for gay and lesbian desire, to end with the representation of the global city in transnational cinematic practices. Selected Contents: Section 1 1. Modernity and the City Film: Berlin 2. The Dark City: Film Noir – Los Angeles 3. The City of Love: Paris Section 2 4. City Film Industry: Hong Kong 5. The Divided City and the City in Ruins: Belfast, Beirut, and Berlin 6. Utopia and Dystopia: Fantastic and Virtual Cities Section 3 7. Ghettos and Barrios 8. The City as Queer Playground 9. The Global City and Cities in Globalization. Conclusion: From the Train Effect to the Favela Effect: How to do Further Research. Filmography. Bibliography 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36445-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36446-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01560-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415364461
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492898
Cities and Gender Helen Jarvis, Newcastle Univerity, UK, Jonathan Cloke, Loughborough University, UK and Paula Kantor, Director of the Afghanistan Research and Evaluation Unit, Kabul, Afghanistan
Cities and Gender is a systematic treatment of urban and gender studies combined. It presents both a feminist critique of mainstream urban policy and planning and a gendered reorientation of key urban social, environmental and city-regional debates. It looks behind the ‘headlines’ on issues of transport, housing, uneven development, regeneration and social exclusion, for instance, to account for the ‘hidden’ infrastructure of everyday life. The three main sections on Approaching the City, Gender and Built Environment and, finally, Representation and Regulation explore not only the changing environments, working practices and household structures evident in European and North American cities today, but also those of the global south. International case studies alert the reader to stark contrasts in gendered life-chances (differences between north and south as well as inequalities and diversity within these regions) while at the same time highlighting interdependencies which globally thread through the lives of women and men as the result of uneven development.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Approaching the City 1. From Binaries to Intersections 2. Historical Trends in Cities and Urban Studies 3. Trends in Urban Restructuring, Gender and Feminist Theory 4. Scale, Power and Interdependence Part 2: Gender and the Built Environment 5. Infrastructures of Daily Life 6. Migration, Movement and Mobility 7. Homes, Jobs, Communities and Networks Part 3: Representation and Regulation 8. Planning and Social Welfare 9. Urban Poverty, Livelihood and Vulnerability 10. Cities and Gender – Politics in Practice 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-41569-9: £80.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-41570-5: £20.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-87806-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415705
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415365802
See Also: Backlist See page 20 for more titles from this series
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
ur ban s tudi e s te x tbo o k s
Cities and Nature
NEW
Lisa Benton-Short, George Washington University, Maryland, USA and John Rennie Short, University of Maryland, USA
Cities and Everyday Life
Cities and Nature illustrates how the city is part of the environment, and how it is subject to environmental constraints and opportunities. The city has been treated in geographical writings as only a social phenomena, and at the same time, environmental scientists have tended to ignore the urban. This book reconnects the science and social science through the examination of the urban. It critiques the dominant academic discourse which ignores the environmental base of urban life and living, and discusses the urban natural environment and how this is subjected to social influences.
Series: The New Sociology
Selected Contents: Section 1: The Urban Environment in History 1. The City and Nature 2. Environmental Issues in Cities: A Brief History 3. The Industrial City 4. Contemporary Urbanisation and Environmental Dynamics Section 2: Urban Environmental Issues 5. Urban Sites 6. Cities, Environmental Hazards and Disasters 7. Urban Ecology 8. Water Pollution and the City 9. Air Pollution and the City 10. Garbage in the City Section 3: Realigning Urban-Nature Relations 11. Race, Class and Environmental Justice 12. Sustainable Urban Development 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-35588-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35589-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00232-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415355896
David Parker, University of Nottingham, UK
International and interdisciplinary, this important book provides a clear, user-friendly introduction to contemporary debates on urban life. It explores the concepts and methodologies through which sociology, cultural studies and cultural geography are coming to terms with the changing configurations of space, time and social relations in cities.
Throughout the book, illustrative material is drawn from a range of cities in Britain, North America and East Asia, and examples from a range of urban contexts are included, as well as brief biographical portraits of key urban thinkers. This comprehensive text includes end of chapter resources, suggestions for further reading and information on relevant internet sites, all of which make it an ideal student reference. Selected Contents: 1. Everyday Life and the New Urban Studies 2. Mobility and Migration 3. Home, Work and the Quality of Life 4. The City as Spectacle 5. Cities and Everynight Life 6. The Discarded City 7. Networked Urbanism: The Future of Cities?
Cities and Economies
May 2010: 5-1/4 x 7-3/4: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38273-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38272-4: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92703-8
Yeong-Hyun Kim, Ohio University, USA and John Rennie Short, University of Maryland, USA
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415382724
Cities and Economies explores the complex and subtle connections between cities and economies. The rise of the merchant city, the development of the industrial city and the creation of the service-dominated urban economy are all explored, along with economic globalization and its effects on cities in both developed and developing economies. The book: • examines key ideas and concepts on the economic aspects of urban change • explores the changing nature of urban economies and their relationships with changes at the national and global levels • compares current economic issues and policies of large cities around the world • explores the links between globalization and economic changes in cities and the growing competitions between them. Cities and Economies uses case studies, photographs and maps expanding across the US, Western Europe and Asia. Selected Contents: 1. Cities and Economies 2. Mercantile Cities and European Colonialism 3. The Rise and Fall of Industrial Cities 4. Service Industries and Metropolitan Economies 5. Globalization and World Cities 6. Globalization and Globalizing Cities 7. New Solutions for Old Economies 8. Third World Cities 9. World City Projects for National Capitals 10. Globalizing Islands in Developing Countries 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36573-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36574-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01827-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415365741
The Suburb Reader Edited by Becky Nicolaides and Andrew Wiese Employing over 200 primary sources, illustrations, and critical essays, The Suburb Reader documents the rise of North American suburbanization from the 1700s through the present day. 2006: 7 x 10: 552pp Hb: 978-0-415-94593-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94594-3: £36.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415945943
The Gentrification Debates A Reader Japonica Brown-Saracino, Loyola University Chicago, USA Uniquely well suited for teaching, this innovative text-reader strengthens studentsí critical thinking skills, sparks classroom discussion, and also provides a comprehensive and accessible understanding of gentrification. Selected Contents: Overview: The Gentrification Debates Part 1: What is Gentrification? Definitions and Key Concepts Part 2: How, Where and When Does Gentrification Occur? Part 3: Who Are Gentrifiers and Why Do They Engage in Gentrification? Part 4: What are the Outcomes and Consequences of Gentrification? Conclusion: Why We Debate May 2010: 7-3/8 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-80164-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80165-2: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415801652
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
The Community Development Reader James DeFilippis, Rutgers University, USA and Susan Saegert, CUNY Graduate Centre, USA The Community Development Reader is the first comprehensive reader addressing community development. Community development has become a significant component of urban political economies in the past thirty years. This Reader is an ambitious volume bringing together history, theory and power dynamics. It does not just promote the model of community development but also addresses the messiness of community development. 2007: 7 x 10: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-95428-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95429-7: £39.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954297
NEW
The Gentrification Reader Edited by Loretta Lees, King’s College London, UK, Tom Slater, University of Edinburgh, UK and Elvin Wyly, University of British Columbia, Canada
Gentrification remains a subject of heated debate in the public realm as well as scholarly and policy circles. This Reader brings together the classic writings and contemporary literature that has helped to define the field, changed the direction of how it is studied and illustrated the points of conflict and consensus that are distinctive of gentrification research. Covering everything from the theories of gentrification through to analysis of state-led policies and community resistance to those polices, this is an unparalleled collection of influential writings on a contentious contemporary issue. With insightful commentary from the editors, who are themselves internationally renowned experts in the field, this is essential reading for students of urban planning, geography, urban studies, sociology and housing studies.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Defining Gentrification Part 2: Stage Models of Gentrification Part 3: Explaining/Theorizing Gentrification Part 4: Gentrification and Displacement Part 5: Geographies of Gentrification February 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-54839-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54840-3: £29.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548403
19
20
u rban st u di e s tex tbook s
urban studies textbooks – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
The Global Cities Reader
Edited by Neil Brenner and Roger Keil
2005
Hb: 978-0-415-32344-4 Pb: 978-0-415-32345-1
£110.00 £29.99
Hb: 978-0-415-32342-0 Pb: 978-0-415-32343-7
£95.00 £28.99
The Urban Sociology Reader
Edited by Jan Lin and Christopher Mele
2005
The Urban Design Reader
Edited by Michael Larice and 2006 Elizabeth Macdonald
Hb: 978-0-415-33386-3 Pb: 978-0-415-33387-0
£100.00 £28.99
The Urban Geography Reader
Edited by Nick Fyfe and Judith Kenny
Hb: 978-0-415-30701-7 Pb: 978-0-415-30702-4
£115.00 £28.99
Hb: 978-0-415-24591-3 Pb: 978-0-415-24592-0
£110.00 £27.99
Hb: 978-0-415-32097-9 eBook: 978-0-203-01519-3
£85.00
Hb: 978-0-415-32733-6 Pb: 978-0-415-32734-3
£85.00 £22.99
Hb: 978-0-415-35442-4 Pb: 978-0-415-35443-1 eBook: 978-0-203-00109-7
£80.00 £22.99
2005
Urban Theory and the Urban Experience: Encountering the City
Simon Parker
2003
Urban World/Global City, 2nd Edition
David Clark
2003
Cities and Consumption
Mark Jayne
2005
Malcolm Miles
Cities and Cultures
2007
Urban Design Planning Key Titles in
and
For more information about these and other titles in this area visit
www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com.
To sign up for our Free newsletter contact
samantha.whyte@tandf.co.uk.
www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com Follow us on Twitter • Find us on Facebook TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
ur ban s tudi e s s uppl e me n tary r e adi n g
URBAN STUDIES SUPPLEMENTARY READING The New Economy of the Inner City Restructuring, Regeneration and Dislocation in the 21st Century Metropolis Thomas A. Hutton, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Economic Geography This book addresses the critical intersections between process and place which underpin the formation of creative enterprises in the emergent industrial districts of the ‘new inner city’. It contains intensive case studies of industrial restructuring within exemplary sites in prominent world cities such as London, Singapore, San Francisco and Vancouver. The studies demonstrate the global reach of development and innovation across these cities and sites, marked by clustering, rapid firm turnover, and interdependency between production and consumption activity. The evocative case studies, brought to life by interviews, sequential mapping exercises, media narratives, and photography, also disclose the importance of local factors (including urban scale, built form, property markets and policy) which shape both the specific industrial structures and socio-economic impacts. The New Economy of the Inner City places inner city new industry formation within the development history of the city, and underscores its role in larger processes of urban transformation. The findings inform a critique and synthesis of urban theory which frame the evolving conditions of the twenty-first century metropolis. 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-77134-4: £78.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56932-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93365-7
NEW
Fixing Broken Cities
The New Spatial Planning
The Implementation of Urban Development Strategies
Territorial Management with Soft Spaces and Fuzzy Boundaries Graham Haughton, University of Hull, UK, Philip Allmendinger, University of Cambridge, UK, David Counsell, University College Cork, Ireland and Geoff Vigar, Newcastle University, UK
Spatial planning, strongly advocated by government and the profession, is intended to be more holistic, more strategic, more inclusive, more integrative and more attuned to sustainable development than previous approaches. In what the authors refer to as the ’New Spatial Planning’, there is a fairly rapidly evolving maturity and sophistication in how strategies are developed and produced. Crucially, the authors argue that the reworked boundaries of spatial planning means that to understand it we need to look as much outside the formal system of practices of ‘planning’ as within it. Using a rich empirical resource base, this book takes a critical look at recent practices to see whether the new spatial planning is having the kinds of impacts its advocates would wish. Contributing to theoretical debates in planning, state restructuring and governance, it also outlines and critiques the contemporary practice of spatial planning. Selected Contents: Preface 1. The New Spatial Planning: Territorial Management and Devolution 2. Rethinking Planning: State Restructuring, Devolution and Spatial Strategies 3. Irish Spatial Planning and the Cork Experience 4. Spatial Planning in Northern Ireland and the Emergent North West Region of Ireland 5. Spatial Planning in a Devolved Scotland 6. The Wales Spatial Plan and Improving Policy Integration 7. English Spatial Planning and Dealing with Growth in the Leeds City Region 8. Congested Governance and the London Thames Gateway 9. A New Spatial Planning?
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569323
November 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48335-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48336-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86442-5
NEW
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483360
John Kromer, University of Pennsylvania, USA
Through the insightful lens of an experienced practitioner, this book describes the origin, execution, and impact of urban repopulation strategiesinitiatives designed to attract residents, businesses, jobs, shoppers, and visitors to places that had undergone decades of decline and abandonment. The central question throughout the strategies explored in the book is who should benefit? Who should benefit from the allocation of scarce public capital? Who should enjoy the social benefits of urban development? And who will populate redeveloped areas? John Kromer provides realistic guidance about how to move forward with strategic choices that have to be made in pursuing the best opportunities available within highly disadvantaged, resource-starved urban areas. Each of the cases presents strategies that are strongly influenced by geography, economics, politics, and individual leadership, but they address key issues that are major concerns everywhere: enlivening downtowns, stabilizing and strengthening neighbourhoods, eliminating industrial-age blight, and providing quality public education options. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Financing Without Cash: The Ten-Year Tax Abatement 2. A Managed Downtown: The Centre City District 3. The Transition Zone: Rebuilding Eastern North Philadelphia 4. A Citywide Revitalization Policy 1: Neighbourhood Transformation Initiative Organization and Planning 5. A Citywide Revitalization Policy 2: NTI Real Estate Transactions and Housing Agency Reorganization 6. Broadening Public Education Options: The Penn Alexander School 7. Commercial Corridor Redefinition: The West Philadelphia Fire House 8. The Exercise of State Power: Municipal Reform and Eminent Domain in Camden 9. An Integrated Strategy: Real Estate Development and Human Capital Planning in Camden 10. Rental Housing Asset Management: A Strategy for Allentown, Pennsylvania’s Downtown-Area Neighbourhoods 11. The Future of Reinvestment July 2009: 6 x 9: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-80098-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80099-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87860-6
The New Political Economy of Urban Education
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415800990
Neoliberal Urbanism, Race, and the Right to the City
NEW
Pauline Lipman, University of Illinois, Chicago, USA
City Life from Jakarta to Dakar
Series: Critical Social Thought Urban education is changing everyday in powerful ways. The old paradigms describing urban education are being eclipsed by new realities such as global neoliberal forces, a new articulation of race and class, and a politics of fear. These factors and more set the stage for Pauline Lipman’s insightful analysis of the powerful relationship between education policy and the neoliberal economic and political processes that are reshaping cities in the United States and around the globe. Using Chicago as a case study of the interconnectedness between neoliberal urban policies on housing, economic development, and education, Lipman explores the larger implications on equity, justice, and the restructuring of the city. August 2010: 6 x 9: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-80223-9: £70.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-80224-6: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415802246
Movements at the Crossroads AbdouMaliq Simone, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK Series: Global Realities City Life from Jakarta to Dakar focuses on the politics incumbent to this process – an ’anticipatory politics’ – that encompasses a wide range of practices, calculations and economies. It examines how possibilities, perhaps inherent in these cities all along, are materialized through the everyday projects of residents situated in the city and the larger world in very different ways. December 2009: 5 x 7 3/4: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-99321-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99322-7: £16.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415993227
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
21
u rban st u di e s suppleme n tary r e adi n g
22
Common Ground?
Branding New York
Readings and Reflections on Public Space
How a City in Crisis Was Sold to the World
Anthony M. Orum and Zachary P. Neal, both at University of Illinois, Chicago USA
Miriam Greenberg, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA
Series: The Metropolis and Modern Life
Series: Cultural Spaces
Public spaces have long been the focus of urban social activity, but investigations of how public space works often adopt only one of several possible perspectives, which restricts the questions that can be asked and the answers that can be considered. In this volume, Anthony M. Orum and Zachary P. Neal explore how public space can be a facilitator of civil order, a site for power and resistance, and a stage for art, theatre, and performance. They bring together these frequently unconnected models for understanding public space, collecting classic and contemporary readings that illustrate each, and synthesizing them in a series of original essays. Throughout, they offer questions to provoke discussion, and conclude with thoughts on how these models can be combined by future scholars of public space to yield more comprehensive understanding of how public space works.
Branding New York traces the rise of New York City as a brand and the resultant transformation of urban politics and public life. It shows that the branding of New York was not simply a marketing tool; rather it was a political strategy.
August 2009: 7 3/8 x 9 1/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99689-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99727-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87396-0
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954426
Winn er of 2009 the Rober tP Book Award ark Best C for omm and U unity rban Socio logy B ook.
NEW
Disrupted Cities When Infrastructure Fails Edited by Stephen Graham
Selected Contents: Introduction: New York, Capital of the 1970s. Prologue: From the Standpoint of the Out-of-Towner 1. Branding and the Neoliberal City Part 1: From Image Crisis to Fiscal Crisis: 1964-1974 2. It’s a Small World After All: The Rise of New York Media the End of Boosterism 3. Style and Power: The Common Sense of New York Magazine 4. Selling the City in Crisis: ’Big Apple’ and the Invention of the Public Private Partnership Part 2: The Battle to Brand New York: 1975-1985 5. Welcome to Fear City 6. The Limits of Branding: From ’Big Apple’ to the ’Summer of Sam’ 7. Purging New York through I© NY 8. Conclusion: The Legacy of the 1970s 9. New York City as a Symbol of Neoliberalism. Epilogue: Re-Branding New York after the World Trade Center 2008: 6 x 9: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-95441-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95442-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93197-4
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415997270
Bringing together leading researchers from geography, political science, sociology, public policy and technology studies, Disrupted Cities exposes the politics of well-known disruptions such as devastation of New Orleans in 2005, the global SARS outbreak in 2002-3, and the great power collapse in the North Eastern US in 2003. But the book also excavates the politics of more hidden disruptions: the clogging of city sewers with fat; the day-to-day infrastructural collapses which dominate urban life in much of the global south; the deliberate devastation of urban infrastructure by state militaries; and the ways in which alleged threats of infrastructural disruption have been used to radically reorganize cities as part of the ’War on Terror’. Accessible, topical and state-of-the art, Disrupted Cities will be required reading for anyone interested in the intersections of technology, security and urban life as we plunge headlong into this quintessentially urban century. The book’s blend of cutting-edge theory with visceral events means that it will be particularly useful for illuminating urban courses within geography, sociology, planning, anthropology, political science, public policy, architecture and technology studies. September 2009: 7 3/8 x 9 1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99178-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99179-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89448-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415991797
URBAN STUDIES SUPPLEMENTARY READING – BACKLIST Title
Format & ISBN
Price
Life in the Megalopolis: Mexico City and Sao Paulo Lucia Sa 2007
Hb: 978-0-415-39271-6 eBook: 978-0-203-08753-4
£80.00
Ordinary Cities: Between Modernity and Development Jennifer Robinson 2005
Hb: 978-0-415-30487-0 Pb: 978-0-415-30488-7
£85.00 £26.99
Sophie Watson 2006
Hb: 978-0-415-31227-1 Pb: 978-0-415-31228-8
£85.00 £24.99
Hb: 978-0-415-35805-7 Pb: 978-0-415-35806-4 eBook: 978-0-203-00410-4
£75.00 £24.99
Edited by Nik Heynen, Maria Kaika 2005 and Erik Swyngedouw
Hb: 978-0-415-36827-8 Pb: 978-0-415-36828-5
£105.00 £25.99
Small Cities: Urban Experience Beyond the Metropolis David Bell and Mark Jayne 2006
Hb: 978-0-415-36657-1 Pb: 978-0-415-36658-8
£85.00 £24.99
Urban Space and Cityscapes: Edited by Christoph Lindner 2006 Perspectives from Modern and Contemporary Culture
Hb: 978-0-415-36652-6 Pb: 978-0-415-36653-3 eBook: 978-0-203-01925-2
£90.00 £24.99
Hb: 978-0-415-34491-3 Pb: 978-0-415-34492-0
£85.00 £25.99
Urban Utopias: Malcolm Miles 2007 The Built and Social Architectures of Alternative Settlements
Hb: 978-0-415-37575-7 Pb: 978-0-415-37576-4 eBook: 978-0-203-09912-4
£90.00 £23.99
Urban Avant-Gardes: Art, Architecture and Change Malcolm Miles 2004
Hb: 978-0-415-26687-1 Pb: 978-0-415-26688-8 eBook: 978-0-203-42813-9
£110.00 £28.99
City Publics: The (Dis)enchantments of Urban Encounters
Author
Date
Cities and Race: America’s New Black Ghetto David Wilson 2006 In the Nature of Cities: Urban Political Ecology and the Politics of Urban Metabolism
Cosmopolitan Urbanism
Edited by Jon Binnie, Julian Holloway, 2005 Steve Millington and Craig Young
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
ur ban s tudi e s r e s e arc h mon og r a p h s
NEW 2nd Edition
Neo-Bohemia Art and Commerce in the Postindustrial City Edited by Richard Lloyd, Vanderbilt University, USA Neo-Bohemia brings the study of bohemian culture down to the street level, while maintaining a commitment to understanding broader historical and economic urban contexts. Simultaneously readable and academic, this book anticipates key urban trends at the dawn of the twenty-first century, shedding light on both the nature of contemporary bohemias and the cities that house them. The relevance of understanding the trends it depicts has only increased, especially in light of the current urban crisis puncturing a long period of gentrification and new economy development, putting us on the precipice, perhaps, of the next new bohemia. May 2010: 6 x 9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-87096-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87097-9: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415870979
URBAN STUDIES RESEARCH MONOGRAPHS
Searching for the Just City Debates in Urban Theory and Practice Edited by Peter Marcuse, James Connolly, Johannes Novy, Ingrid Olivo, Cuz Potter and Justin Steil, all at Columbia University, USA Series: Questioning Cities
Globalization, Violence and the Visual Culture of Cities Edited by Christoph Lindner, University of Amsterdam, Holland Series: Questioning Cities
Violence – in both material and cultural forms – has been a prominent and endemic feature of urban life in the global metropolitan era. Focusing on visual culture and offering a strong humanities perspective that is currently lacking in existing scholarship, this book seeks to understand how the violent effects of globalization have been represented, theorized, and experienced across a wide range of cultural contexts and urban locations in Asia, Europe, North and South America, and the Middle East. Organized around three interrelated themes – fear, memory, and spectacle – essay topics range from military targeting in Baghdad, carceral urbanism in São Paulo, and the Paris banlieue riots, to the security aesthetics of G8 summits, the architecture of urban paranoia, and the cultural afterlife of the Twin Towers. July 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48214-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88507-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482141
NEW
The Multiplex in India A Cultural Economy of Urban Leisure Adrian Athique, University of Essex, UK and Douglas Hill, University of Otago, New Zealand Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia This book provides the reader with a comprehensive account of the new leisure infrastructure arising at the intersection between contemporary trends in cultural practice and the spatial politics that are reshaping the cities of India. Exploring the significance, and convergence, of economic liberalisation, urban redevelopment and the media explosion in India, the book demonstrates an innovative approach towards the cultural and political economy of leisure in a complex and rapidly-changing society. Selected Contents: 1. Situating the Multiplex as a Research Object 2. From Cinema Hall to Multiplex: A Public History 3. Film Exhibition and the Economic Logic of the Multiplex 4. India Poised: Assessing the Geography of Opportunity 5. Location and Lifestyle: The Infrastructure of Urban Leisure 6. Spatial Politics of the Multiplex: An Environmental Model 7. A ‘Decent Crowd’: The Social Imagination of the Multiplex Public 8. Screening The Multiplex. Conclusion: The Multiplex and the Leisure Economy: Future Implications December 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46837-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468374
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
If today’s cities are full of injustices, what would a ’Just City’ look like? Contributors to this volume including David Harvey, Peter Marcuse and Susan Fainstein define the concept, examining it from multiple angles in addition to questioning it and suggesting alternatives.
Selected Contents: Introduction James Connolly and Justin Steil Section 1: Why Justice? Theoretical Foundations of the Just City Debate 1. Planning and the Just City Susan S. Fainstein 2. The Right to the Just City David Harvey with Cuz Potter 3. Discursive Planning: Social Justice as Discourse Frank Fischer 4. Justice and the Spatial Imagination Mustafa Dikeç Section 2: What are the Limits of the Just City? Expanding the Debate 5. From Justice Planning to Commons Planning Peter Marcuse 6. As Just as it Gets? The European City in the Just City Discourse Johannes Novy and Margit Mayer 7. Urban Justice and Recognition: Affirmation and Hostility in Beer Sheva Oren Yiftachel, Ravit Goldhaber, and Roy Nuriel 8. On Globalization, Competition and Economic Justice in Cities James DeFilippis Section 3: How Do We Realize Just Cities? From Debate to Action 9. Keeping Counterpublics Alive in Planning Laura Wolf-Powers 10. Can The Just City Be Built From Below? Brownfields, Planning and Power in the South Bronx Justin Steil and James Connolly 11. Just City: A Utopia Still Possible? Erminia Maricato with Cuz Potter 12. Race in New Orleans Since Katrina J. Phillip Thompson. Conclusion Johannes Novy and Cuz Potter 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77613-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776134
NEW
Asian Cities, Migrant Labor and Contested Spaces Edited by Tai-Chee Wong, National Institute of Education, Singapore and Jonathan Rigg, University of Durham, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Explores how migration plays a central role in the renewing and reworking of urban spaces in the rapidly changing cities of Asia. Rigg examines the roles and effects of different forms of migration in the arena of urban change, considering low-skilled domestic migrants, professional transnational migrant and legal and illegal international migrants. June 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56448-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564489
23
u rban st u di e s rese arch mon og r aph s
24
NEW
Whose Urban Renaissance?
NEW
Urban Assemblages
An International Comparison of Urban Regeneration Strategies
Pedestrianism
Edited by Libby Porter and Kate Shaw, University of Melbourne, Australia
Nicholas Blomley
How Actor-Network Theory Changes Urban Studies Edited by Ignacio Farías, Social Science Research Centre, GER and Thomas Bender, New York University, USA Series: Questioning Cities
This book takes it as a given that the city is made of multiple partially localized assemblages built of heterogeneous networks, spaces, and practices. The past century of urban studies has focused on various aspects-space, culture, politics, economy-but these too often address each domain and the city itself as a bounded and cohesive entity. The multiple and overlapping enactments that constitute urban life require a commensurate method of analysis that encompasses the human and non-human aspects of cities – from nature to socio-technical networks, to hybrid collectivities, physical artefacts and historical legacies, and the virtual or imagined city. By enabling an escape from the reification of the city so common in social theory, ANT’s notion of hybrid assemblages offers richer framing of the reality of the city-of urban experience-that is responsive to contingency and complexity. Therefore Urban Assemblages is a pertinent book for students, practitioners and scholars as it aims to shift the parameters of urban studies and contribute a meaningful argument for the urban arena which will dominate the coming decades in government policies. September 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48662-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87063-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486620
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography The desire of city governments for a ‘renaissance’ of their inner-cities has become a defining feature of contemporary urban policy. From Berlin and Toronto to Johannesburg and Beijing, government policies are succeeding in attracting investment and middle-class populations (back) to their inner areas. Cities undergoing regeneration-or gentrification as this process can often become-produce winners and losers. There is now a substantial literature on the inequitable effects of rent increases and displacement, for example, and even more on the global and local contexts for urban regeneration and the reasons governments encourage it. But there is very little exploration of the policies used to drive regeneration. 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-45682-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415456821
NEW
Shrinking Cities International Perspectives and Policy Implications Edited by Karina M. Pallagst, University of California at Berkeley, USA, Thorsten Wiechmann, Institute of Ecological and Regional Development, Germany and Cristina Martinez-Fernandez, University Western Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in Geography The shrinking city phenomenon has affected metropolitan areas around the world, leading to dramatic decline in their economic and social bases. Offering case studies of cities from five different continents, this volume considers specific economic, social, environmental, cultural and land-use issues as it places ’shrinking cities’ in a global perspective.
A Public Space of Flow Series: Social Justice Pedstrianism: A Public Space of Flow documents a powerful, yet mundane, form of urban governance that focuses on pedestrian flow. The dominant account of public space fails to acknowledge and engage with a remarkably pervasive yet overlooked logic that shapes the ways in which public space is regulated, conceived of, and argued about. This logic, which Nicholas Blomley calls ’pedestrianism’, values public space not in terms of its aesthetic merits, or its success in promoting public citizenship and democracy. Rather, departing from much of the existing emphasis on the socially directive nature of much public space regulation, the function of the street is understood to be the promotion and facilitation of pedestrian flow and circulation. Although a powerful form of governance, pedestrianism tends to be obscured by grander and more visible forms of urban regulation. The rationality at work here may appear mundane and everyday; but, precisely because it is uncontroversial, pedestrianism is able to operate below the academic and political radar. Documenting the pervasiveness of pedestrianism, Nicholas Blomley addresses its relationship to bureaucratic practice, legal interpretation and political debate. Pedestrianism: A Public Space of Flow thus shows how the sidewalk is literally produced, encoded, rendered legible and operational with reference to a dense array of codes, diagrams, specifications, academic and professional networks, engineering rubrics, and regulation – all in the name of unfettered circulation. August 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57561-4: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575614
February 2010: 6 x 9: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-80485-1: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415804851
URBAN STUDIES RESEARCH and REFERENCE – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Sensing Cities: Regenerating Public Life in Barcelona and Manchester
Monica Montserrat Degen
2008
Hb: 978-0-415-39799-5
£75.00
Cities, Nationalism and Democratization
Scott A. Bollens
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-41947-5
£80.00
Cities in Globalization: Practices, policies and theories
Edited by Peter Taylor, Ben Derudder, Pieter Saey and Frank Witlox
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-40984-1
£95.00
Urban Development in Post-Reform China: State, Market, and Space
Fulong Wu, Jiang Xu and Anthony Gar-On Yeh
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-39359-1
£95.00
Private Cities: Global and Local Perspectives
Georg Glasze, Chris Webster and Klaus Frantz
2005
Hb: 978-0-415-34170-7
£90.00
World Bank and Urban Development: From Projects to Policy
Edward Ramsamy
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-34439-5
£80.00
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
to u ri s m s t udi e s te x tbo o k s
u r ba n st u di es referen ce
urban studies reference
City www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ccit
Journal of the American Planning Association (JAPA)
TOURISM STUDIES TEXTBOOKS
NEW
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjpa
2nd Edition
The Routledge Companion to Urban Design
Journal of Urbanism
Tourism Geography
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjou
A New Synthesis
Edited by Tridib Banerjee, University of Southern California, USA and Anastasia Loukaitou-Sideris, University of Los Angeles, USA
Journal of Urban Design
Stephen Williams, Staffordshire University, UK
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjud
Today urban design has emerged as an important area of intellectual pursuit, with applications at many different scales – ranging from the block or street scale to the scale of metropolitan and regional landscapes. The field interfaces with many aspects of contemporary public policy – multiculturalism, economic development, climate change, energy conservation, sustainable development, community liveability, and related issues. The Companion includes original contributions from a select group of internationally renowned scholars and practitioners. Selected Contents: Part 1: Roots Part 2: Theoretical Perspectives Part 3: Influences Part 4: Technologies and Methods Part 5: Process Part 6: Components Part 7: Debates Part 8: Global Trends Part 9: New Directions Part 10: Epilogue
Journal of Urban Technology www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjut
Mobilities www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rmob
Planning & Environmental Law www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rpel
Planning Theory & Practice www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rtpt
Urban Policy and Research www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cupr
Urban Research & Practice www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rurp
June 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-55364-3: £128.00 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553643
ROUTLEDGE
NEW – HANDBOOK
Handbook of Urban Ecology Edited by Ian Douglas, University of Manchester, UK, David Goode, University College London, UK, Mike Houck, Portland State University, USA and Rusong Wang, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China The sixty five chapters in this book provide practitioners and students with the wealth of interdisciplinary information needed to manage the biota and green landscapes in urban areas. In six parts it deals with the philosophies, concepts and history of urban ecology; followed by consideration of the biophysical character of the urban environment and the diverse habitats found within it. It then examines human relationships with urban nature, the health, economic and environmental benefits of urban ecology before discussing the methods used in urban ecology and ways of putting the science into practice. Selected Contents: Part 1: Context, History and Philosophies Part 2: The Urban Ecological Environment Part 3: The Nature Of Urban Habitats Part 4: Ecosystem Services And Urban Ecology Part 5: Methodologies Part 6 Applications and Policy Implications
Are there some elusive titles you’ve been searching for but thought you’d never be able to find? Well this may be the end of your quest. We now offer a fantastic opportunity to discover past brilliance and purchase previously out of print and unavailable titles by some of the greatest academic scholars of the last 120 years. Routledge Revivals is an exciting new programme whereby key titles from the distinguished and extensive backlists of the many acclaimed imprints associated with Routledge are re-issued. The programme draws upon the backlists of Kegan Paul, Trench & Trubner, Routledge & Kegan Paul, Methuen, Allen & Unwin and Routledge itself. Routledge Revivals spans the whole of the Humanities and Social Sciences, and includes works by scholars such as Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Simone Weil and Martin Buber.
This second edition of Tourism Geography develops a critical understanding of how different geographies of tourism are created and maintained. Drawing on both historical and contemporary perspectives, the discussion – which is in three main parts – connects tourism to key geographical concepts relating to globalization, mobility, new geographies of production and consumption, and post-industrial change. Part one examines how spatial patterns of tourism are formed and evolve through time. Part two offers an extended discussion of how tourism relates to places that are toured, examining physical and economic development, socio-cultural and environmental relations and the role of tourism planning. Part III develops a range of new material for this second edition that considers important contemporary influences upon tourism geographies, including place promotion, new forms of urban tourism, heritage, identity and embodied forms of tourism. Featuring international case studies and supported by up-to-date statistics, the text offers a concise yet comprehensive review of tourism geography and how geographers can interpret this important contemporary process. Written primarily as a student text, each chapter includes guidance for further study and summary bibliographies that form the basis for independent work. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Tourism, Geography and Geographies of Tourism Part 1: Tourism Development and Spatial Change 2. Tourism Places and the Place of Tourism: Resort Development and the Popularisation of Tourism 3. From Camber Sands to Waikiki: The Expanding Horizons of International Tourism Part 2: Tourism Relations 4. Costs and Benefits: the Physical and Economic Development of Tourism 5. Tourism, Sustainability and Environmental Change 6. Socio-Cultural Relations in Tourism 7. Strategies for Development: the Role of Planning in Tourism Part 3: Understanding the Spaces of Tourism 8. Inventing Places: Cultural Constructions and Tourism Geographies 9. Urban Tourism in a Changing World 10. The Past as a Foreign Country: Heritage Attractions in Contemporary Tourism 11. Tourism, Consumption and Identity 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-39425-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39426-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87755-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415394260
F O R M O R E I N F O R M AT I O N Please email us at reference@routledge.com or visit: www.routledge.com/books/series/Routledge_Revivals
May 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-49813-5: £128.00 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498135
www.routledge.com
Routledge Revival Ad 216x138.indd 1
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
9/6/09 10:52:43
25
tou rism studi es te x tbook s
26
3rd Edition
Tourism and Sustainability Development, Globalization and New Tourism in the Third World Martin Mowforth, University of Plymouth, UK and Ian Munt
Tourism and Sustainability critically explores and challenges what have emerged as the most significant universal geopolitical norms of the last half century – development, globalization and sustainability – and through the lens of new forms of tourism demonstrates how we can better understand and get to grips with the rapidly changing new global order.
This third edition has been extensively updated and includes new material on: • poverty reduction, livelihoods and pro-poor tourism • new forms of tourism in cities • continuing growth of the fair trade movement • tourism’s contribution to climate change • volunteer and ‘gap’ tourism • affect of disasters on new tourism. Drawing on a range of examples from across the Third World, Tourism and Sustainability illustrates the social, economic and environmental conditions for the growth of new tourism. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Globalization, Sustainability, Development 3. Power and Tourism 4. Tourism and Sustainability 5. A New Class of Tourist: Trendies on the Trail 6. Socio-Environmental Organisation: Where Shall we Save Next? 7. The Industry: Lies, Damned Lies and Sustainability 8. ’Hosts’ and Destinations: For What we are About to Receive... 9. Urban Tourism 10. Governance, Governments and Tourism: Selling the Third World 11. New Tourism and the Poor: Making Poverty History? 12. Conclusion 2008: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-41402-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41403-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89105-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415414036
Understanding and Managing Tourism Impacts
NEW
An Integrated Approach
The Economics of Tourism
C. Michael Hall, University of Canterbury, New Zealand and Alan A. Lew
M. Thea Sinclair, Mike J. Stabler, University of Reading, UK and Andreas Papatheodorou, University of Aegean, Greece
2nd Edition
Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility This text provides a clear, accessible and up-to-date synthesis of tourism’s role in our contemporary world, both as an agent of change, and as a response to it. Tourism related change is approached from a framework that illustrates the changing environments in which they occur, including the spatial scale of such impacts and the effects of these impacts over time. This framework is then applied to the economic, socio-cultural and physical dimensions of tourism. After examining the different forms of tourism-related impacts, the book then discusses the role of planning as part of an integrated approach to the mitigation of undesirable impacts and the maximization of the desirable benefits of tourism development. Case studies and illustrations from a variety of locations from around the world are used throughout the book to exemplify key themes and issues; additionally figures and tables serve to elucidate statistical data.
This new edition of the Economics of Tourism reflects the tremendous changes that have occurred in the tourism sector in the last twelve years.
Understanding and Managing Tourism Impacts illustrates that when well managed tourism can make a positive contribution to destinations. The book’s use of issues of scale, time and form to illustrate the effects of tourism provide an accessible and significant reminder that tourism’s impacts vary over time and space, affects both the visitor and the host community, and can be unpredictable in its consequences. Chapter objectives, recommended readings, and links to web-based material help students, practitioners and researchers to grasp the broader implications of tourism development in today’s world. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Conceptualising Tourism 2. Understanding Impacts 3. Economic Impacts 4. Socio-cultural Impacts 5. Physical Impacts 6. Integrated Approaches to Tourism Impacts: The Role of Planning 7. The Future of Tourism 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-77132-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77133-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87587-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415771337
The text is now in four parts covering: demand; supply; national, regional and international matters and environmental issues. The concluding chapter appraises the state of the economic research into tourism. The increased interest in tourism has engendered the development of new methods of analysis and the refinement of established ones. Accordingly, the book has been extensively restructured, revised and expanded with two new chapters: chapter six of the first edition is now broken down into two and a new chapter has been added on environmental issues to take account of new developments, critically review the associated literature and consider future trends in tourism economics research. The reader friendliness of the book has also been enhanced in various ways, such as the extensive chapter cross-referencing to refresh the reader’s memory and the inclusion of a detailed list of abbreviations. The Economics of Tourism will continue to make accessible for the non-specialist the application and relevance of economics to tourism. Extensively revised and updated including research and case studies the textbook will be an indispensable resource for both students and researchers. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction and Demand Theory in Tourism 1. The Scope and Content of the Economics of Tourism 2. Microeconomic Foundations of Tourism Demand 3. Empirical Studies of Tourism Demand Part 2: The Economics of Tourism Supply 4. Microeconomics Foundations of Tourism Supply 5. The Economic Profile and Characteristics of the Tourism Sectors Part 3: The Economics of Tourism at a National, Regional and International Level 6. Tourism in a National and Regional Context 7. Tourism in an International Context Part 4: The Economics of Environmental Issues in Tourism and an Appraisal of the Economic Analysis of Tourism 8. Global Environmental Issues and Tourism 9. The Microeconomic Analysis of Environmental Issues 10. The Valuation of Resources and Environmental Policies 11. Whither the Economics of Tourism December 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 536pp Hb: 978-0-415-45938-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45939-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86427-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459396
TOURISM STUDIES TEXTBOOKS – BACKLIST Title
Format & ISBN
Price
The Geography of Tourism and Recreation: Michael C. Hall and Stephen J. Page 2006 Environment, Place and Space, 3rd Edition
Author
Date
Hb: 978-0-415-33560-7 Pb: 978-0-415-33561-4 eBook: 978-0-203-42024-9
£100.00 £28.99
Tourism Studies and the Social Sciences Andrew Holden 2005
Hb: 978-0-415-28775-3 Pb: 978-0-415-28776-0
£85.00 £26.99
Outdoor Recreation Management, 2nd Edition John Jenkins and John Pigram 2006
Hb: 978-0-415-36540-6 Pb: 978-0-415-36541-3
£110.00 £29.99
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
tour i s m s tudi e s te x tbo o k s
NEW
3rd Edition
2nd Edition
2nd Edition
Ecotourism
Environment and Tourism
Issues in Cultural Tourism Studies
David A. Fennell, Brock University, Canada
Andrew Holden, University of Bedfordshire, UK
Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment
Melanie Smith, University of Greenwich, UK
The extensively revised second edition of Issues in Cultural Tourism Studies provides a new framework for analysing the complexity of cultural tourism and its increasing globalization in existing as well as emergent destinations of the world. The book will focus in particular on the need for even more creative tourism strategies to differentiate destinations from each other using a blend of localized cultural products and innovative global attractions.
Focusing on an array of economic, social and ecological inconsistencies that continue to plague ecotourism in theory and practice, this book examines ecotourism in reference to other related forms of tourism, impacts, conservation, sustainability, education and interpretation, policy and governance, and the ethical imperative of ecotourism as these apply to the world’s greenest form of tourism. This revised edition includes: • new information on the magnitude of the tourism industry, nature-based tourism and the pros and cons of mass ecotourism
The book explores many of the most pertinent issues in heritage, arts, festivals, indigenous, ethnic and experiential cultural tourism in urban and rural environments alike.
• revised chapters on development, economics, marketing, policy, ecotourism in practice and biodiversity conservation
As well as exploring the inter-relationships between the cultural and tourism sectors, local people and tourists, the book provides suggestions for more effective and mutually beneficial collaboration. New edition features include:
• a section on governance models, ecotourism programmes, operators and guides, interpretation, certification, and ecolodge design
• an increased number of topical case studies and contemporary photographs which serve to contextualize the issues discussed • a re-orientation towards global rather than just European issues • three brand new chapters on The Geography of Cultural Tourism, The Politics of Global Cultural Tourism, and The Growth of Creative Tourism • an extensively revised chapter on Experiential Tourism. At the interface between the global and the local, a people-centred approach to planning and development is advocated to ensure that benefits are maximized for local areas, a sense of place and identity are retained, and the tourist experience is enhanced to the full. The text is unique in that it provides a summary and a synthesis of all of the major issues in global cultural tourism, which are presented in an accessible way using a diverse range of international case studies. This is a beneficial and valuable resource for all Tourism students.
• a discussion of ecotourism as an ethical or responsible form of tourism • approximately 300 new references. It includes case studies and considers the perspectives of many adjacent fields, including geography, economics, business, philosophy, biology, and environmental studies. Selected Contents: 1. The Nature of Tourism 2. Ecotourism and Ecotourists 3. The Social and Ecological Impacts of Tourism 4. Development, Economics and Marketing 5. Natural Resources, Protected Areas and Conservation 6. Policy and Governance: Managing Stakeholder Interests 7. Ecotourism in Practice 8. The Ethical Imperative 9. Conclusion 2007: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 302pp Hb: 978-0-415-42930-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42931-3: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93958-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429313
Selected Contents: 1. A Framework for Global Cultural Tourism 2. The Geography of Cultural Tourism 3. The Politics of Global Cultural Tourism 4. Heritage, Tourism and Museums 5. Indigenous Cultural Tourism 6. The Arts, Festivals and Cultural Tourism 7. The Growth of Creative Tourism 8. Urban Cultural Tourism and Regeneration 9. Experiential Cultural Tourism 10. The Future of Cultural Tourism October 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46711-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46712-4: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86985-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467124
This second edition of Environment and Tourism reflects changes in the relationship between tourism, society and the natural environment in the first decade of the new century. Alongside the updating of all statistics, environmental policy initiatives, examples and case studies new material has been added. This includes two new chapters: one on climate change and natural disasters and the other on the relationship between tourism and poverty. These themes have direct relevance, not only to tourism, but are reflective of the wider relationship between nature and society, a thesis that contextualizes this book. Tourism is also analyzed as an interconnected system, linking the environments of where tourists come from, with the ones they go to.
Selected Contents: 1. Introducing Tourism 2. Perceptions of Environment for Tourism and Ethical Issues 3. Tourism’s Relationship with the Environment 4. Tourism, the Environment and Economics 5. Environment, Poverty and Tourism 6. Sustainability and Tourism 7. The Environmental Planning and Management of Tourism 8. Climate Change Natural Disasters and Tourism 9.The Future of Tourismís Relationship with the Environment 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-39954-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39955-5: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93762-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399555
Tourism and Development in the Developing World David J. Telfer, Brock University, Ontario, Canada and Richard Sharpley, University of Central Lancashire, UK Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development This book provides an introduction to the tourism-development process. Focusing specifically on the less developed world and drawing on contemporary case studies, it questions many assumptions about the role of tourism in development and, in particular, highlights the dilemmas faced by destinations seeking to achieve development through tourism. Combining an overview of essential concepts, theories and knowledge related to tourism and development with an analysis of contemporary issues and debates, Tourism and Development in the Developing World is a valuable resource for those investigating tourism issues in developing countries. It is also useful for students studying related subjects, including development studies, geography, international relations, politics, sociology and area studies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Tourism in Developing Countries 2. Tourism and Sustainable Development 3. Globalisation and Tourism 4. The Tourism Planning and Development Process 5. Community Response to Tourism 6. The Consumption of Tourism 7. Assessing the Impacts of Tourism 8. Conclusion: The Tourism Development Dilemma 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-37144-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37151-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93804-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415371513
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
27
tou rism studi es supple men tary r e adi n g
28
TOURISM STUDIES SUPPLEMENTARY READING Cultural Heritage and Tourism in the Developing World
Tourism and Responsibility
A Regional Perspective
Perspectives from Latin America and the Caribbean
Edited by Dallen J. Timothy, Brigham Young University, USA and Gyan P. Nyaupane, Arizona State University, USA
Martin Mowforth, Clive Charlton, both at University of Plymouth, UK and Ian Munt
Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility
Cultural Heritage and Tourism in the Developing World is the first book of its kind to synthesize global and regional issues, challenges, and practices related to cultural heritage and tourism, specifically in less-developed nations. The importance of preservation and management of cultural heritage has been realized as an increasing number of tourists are visiting heritage attractions. This seminal book tackles the issues through theoretical discourse, ideas and problems that underlay heritage tourism in terms of conservation, management, economics and underdevelopment, politics and power, resource utilization, colonialism, and various other antecedent notions that have shaped the development of heritage tourism in the less-developed regions of the world. Unlike many other books written about developing regions, this book provides insiders’ perspectives, as most of the empirical chapters are authored by the individuals who live or have lived in the various regions and have a greater understanding of the region’s culture, history, and operational frameworks in the realm of cultural heritage.
Selected Contents: Section 1: Heritage Issues and Challenges in Developing Regions 1. Introduction: Heritage Tourism and the Less-Developed World 2. Protecting the Past: Challenges and Opportunities 3. The Politics of Heritage 4. Heritage Tourism and Its Impacts Section 2: Heritage Issues and Challenges: Regional Perspectives 5. The Meanings, Marketing and Management of Heritage Tourism in South East Asia Joan Henderson 6. Heritage and Tourism in East Asia’s Developing Nations: Communist-Socialist Legacies and Diverse Cultural Landscapes Dallen Timothy, Bihu Wu, and Oyunaa Luvsandavaajav 7. Heritage Tourism in the Pacific: Modernity, Myth and Identity Michael Hall 8. South Asian Heritage Tourism: Conflict, Colonialism and Cooperation Gyan Nyaupane and Megha Budruk 9. Heritage Tourism in Southwest Asia and North Africa: Contested Pasts and Veiled Realities Dallen Timothy and Rami Daher 10. Tourism and Africa’s Tripartite Cultural Past Victor Teye 11. Heritage Management and Tourism in the Caribbean Leslie-Ann Jordan and David Duval 12. Heritage Tourism in Latin America: Can Turbulent Times be Overcome? Regina Schlüter 13. Heritage Tourism in Central and Eastern Europe Duncan Light, Craig Young, and Mariusz Czepczynski 14. Heritage Tourism in the Developing World: Reflections and Ramifications
This is an issue-based book that discusses the responsibility or otherwise of tourism activities in the geographic context of Latin America and the Caribbean. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Global Politics, Power and Play: The Macro Level of Responsibility 3. Local Politics, Poverty and Tourism: The Micro Level of Responsibility 4. Tourism and the Environment: Eco by Name, Eco by Nature? 5. Indigenous Peoples and Tourism in Latin America and the Caribbean 6. The Heart of Darkness?: Tourism in Cities 7. Sexual Exploitation through Tourism 8. Power and Responsibility in Tourism: Know your Place 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42364-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42366-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93440-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423663
NEW
Religion and Tourism Crossroads, Destinations and Encounters Michael Stausberg, University of Bergen, Norway This book explores the dynamic interaction between religion and tourism in the modern world. It explores question such as ’Do travellers leave their religion at home when they are touring – and what happens if not? What are the relationships between tourism and pilgrimage?’ Michael Stausberg surveys the growing body of research in the field, and argues that tourism should be a major focus of research within religious studies.
2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-77621-9: £80.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-77622-6: £22.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-87775-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776226
August 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54931-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54932-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85478-5
See Also: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Series
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549325
Series Edited by C. Michael Hall See page 29 for more details
TOURISM STUDIES supplementary reading – BACKLIST Title
Author
Tourism and Global Environmental Change: Ecological, Economic, Social and Political Interrelationships
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Edited by Stefan Gössling 2005 and Michael C. Hall
Hb: 978-0-415-36131-6 Pb: 978-0-415-36132-3
£95.00 £25.99
Tourism, Religion and Spiritual Journeys
Edited by Dallen Timothy 2006 and Daniel Olsen
Hb: 978-0-415-35445-5 eBook: 978-0-203-00107-3
£90.00
Seductions of Place: Geographical Perspectives on Globalization and Touristed Landscapes
Edited by Carolyn Cartier 2005 and Alan A. Lew
Hb: 978-0-415-19218-7 Pb: 978-0-415-19219-4
£110.00 £29.99
The Media and the Tourist Imagination: Converging Cultures
Edited by David Crouch, Rhona Jackson 2005 and Felix Thompson
Hb: 978-0-415-32625-4 Pb: 978-0-415-32626-1
£85.00 £26.99
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
tour i s m s tudi e s r e s e arc h mon og r a p h s
TOURISM STUDIES RESEARCH MONOGRAPHS Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Series Series Edited by C. Michael Hall, University of Canterbury, New Zealand
Tourism and National Parks
World Tourism Cities
International Perspectives on Development, Histories and Change
Developing Tourism Off the Beaten Track
Edited by Warwick Frost, Monash University, Australia and C. Michael Hall, University of Canterbury, New Zealand
This edited volume explores in detail, the origins and multiple meanings of National Parks and their relationship to tourism in a variety of national contexts. It consists of a series of introductory overview chapters followed by case study chapters from around the world including insights from the US, Canada, Australia, UK, Spain, France, Sweden, Indonesia, China and Southern Africa.
Taking a global comparative approach, this book examines how and why national parks have spread and evolved, how they have been fashioned and used, and the integral role of tourism within national parks. The volume’s focus on the long standing connection between tourism and national parks; and the changing concept of national parks over time and space give the book a distinct niche in the national parks and tourism literature. The volume is expected to contribute not only to tourism and national park studies at the upper level undergraduate and graduate levels but also to courses in international and comparative environmental history, conservation studies, and outdoor recreation management. 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-47156-5: £90.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415471565
Tourism at the Grassroots Villagers and Visitors in the Asia-Pacific Edited by John Connell, University of Sydney, Australia and Barbara Rugendyke, University of New England, Australia This collection focuses on both the interactions between tourists and villagers, and the impacts of tourism at the local level, considering economic, social, cultural and environmental changes. 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40555-3: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93802-7
Edited by Robert Maitland and Peter Newman, both at University of Westminster, London, UK Drawing on original research in this important group of cities this book has significant messages for public policy. In addition the book engages directly with a range of important current academic debates – about world cities, about cities as sites of consumption and about the smaller scales at which urban neighbourhoods are being transformed. The range of cities and the messages about the making of attractive places provides a timely resource for those focused in this area and the book will also have an appeal among those experienced and sophisticated city users that it focuses on. 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-45198-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451987
Tourism, Performance and the Everyday
HANDBOOK
European Forest Recreation and Tourism A Handbook Edited by Simon Bell, Edinburgh College of Art, UK, Murray Simpson, University of Oxford, UK, Lisa Tyrväinen, Tuija Sievänen, both at METLA (Finnish Forest Research Institute), Finland and Ulrike Pröbstl, University of Natural Resources and Applied Life Sciences, Vienna, Austria In an increasingly urbanised world more and more people are turning to our forests and woodland for recreation and tourism. Planning and providing for this growing demand poses challenges that need to be addressed by managers and designers alike. Based on a study of forest recreation from across Europe, the editors bring together the expertise of more than eighty leading professionals and academics to provide a clear and concise guide to best practice. Case studies and careful research give a detailed insight into the issues that forest recreation raises, from strategic planning to integration into the existing rural economy. 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44363-0: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87207-9 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443630
Consuming the Orient Michael Haldrup and Jonas Larsen, Roskilde University, Denmark
Traditionally social and cultural accounts of tourism have limited their analytical gaze to the spaces and places where tourism is performed. This book scrutinizes the multiple ways in which tourism emerges in people’s everyday lives and the everyday appears in people’s tourist’ lives by tracing out the mobilities, networks and flows between ‘home’ and ‘away’ in tourist performances.
Selected Contents: 1. Performing Tourism, Performing the Orient 2. De-Exoticizing Tourist Travel 3. Following Flows 4. Material Cultures of Tourism 5. Mobilising the Orient 6. Doing Tourism 7. Performing Digital Photography 8. The Afterlife of Tourism 9. Tourism Mobilities and Cosmopolitanism Cultures
Free Monthly Newsletter Just Launched! Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our new Tourism Newsletter. Signing up is quick and easy – simply email gemma-kate.hartley@tandf.co.uk highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!
August 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46713-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87393-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467131
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405553
View any
product
online using the urls below each listing
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
29
tou rism studi es r e search monog r aph s
30
Routledge Advances in Tourism Series Series Editied by Stephen J. Page, University of Stirling, UK NEW
Managing and Marketing Tourist Destinations Strategies to Gain a Competitive Edge Metin Kozak, Mugla University, Turkey and Seyhmus Baloglu Without adequate research and management, the potential impacts and benefits of tourism and travel services will not be maximized. This volume evaluates the theoretical approaches and applications to competitive advantage within tourist destinations and demonstrates the ways to further develop the concept of destination competitiveness. February 2010: 6 x 9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99171-1: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415991711
Tourist Mobility and Advanced Tracking Technologies
Tourism Enterprises and Sustainable Development
Noam Shoval and Michal Isaacson, both at Hebrew University, Israel
International Perspectives on Responses to the Sustainability Agenda
Recent developments in tracking technologies have opened up new possibilities for research into tourist spatial behavior. This book examines the various technologies available to track pedestrians and motorized vehicles as well as the moral, ethical and legal issues arising from the utilization of data thus obtained.
Edited by David Leslie, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1: Theoretical and Methodological Issues of Tourists’ Spatial Behavior 2. Theoretical Aspects of Tourists’ Spatial Behavior 3. Methodological Aspects of Measurement and Visualization of Tourists’ Spatial Behavior Section 2: Available Tracking Technologies 4. Land-Based Tracking Technologies 5. Satellite-Based Tracking Technologies Section 3: Application of Tracking Technologies to Research on Tourist Mobility 6. Methodological Challenges 7. Understanding the Tourist 8. Understanding the Destination 9. Ethical Questions and the Tracking of Tourists Section 4: Concluding Thoughts 10. Conclusion. Appendix: Integrating Data Obtained from Tracking Devices into Geographic Information Systems August 2009: 6 x 9: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-96352-7: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415963527
NEW
Tourist Shopping Villages Forms and Functions Laurie Murphy, Pierre Benckendorff, Gianna Moscardo and Philip Pearce, all at James Cook University, Australia This landmark volume – based on a two year research program from a team of authors – examines the forms and functions of approximately fifty tourist shopping villages in Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada and the United States.
This indispensable contribution provides a comprehensive, state of the art perspective on progress towards the objectives of sustainable development within the tourism sector across the globe by focusing on the environmental performance and adoption of environmental management systems by tourism enterprises. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Global Environmental Change and Tourism Enterprise C. Michael Hall and Stefan Gössling 2. Asian Tourism – Green and Responsible? Anita Pleumarom 3. Large-Scale Links between Tourism Enterprises and Sustainable Development Ralf Buckley 4. Sustainable Tourism Development in the United States of America: An Intricate Balance from Policy to Practice Kelly S. Bricker 5. Argentina and its Approach to Environmental Quality in Tourism - From Hotels to Destinations Albina L. Lara 6. Strata Titled Tourist Development in Australia – Calling in the Sorcerer’s Apprentice? Jan Warnken and Chris Guilding 7. Tourism Enterprises and Sustainable Development in Australia Ralf Buckley 8. Environmental Performance of Tourism Enterprise in Ghana – A Case Study of Hotels in the Greater Accra Region (GAR) Ishmael Mensah 9. Owner/ Manager Perspectives on Environmental Management in Micro and Small Tourism Enterprises in the Bay of Plenty, New Zealand Sophie Rainford and Craig Wight 10. Southern Africa, Policy Initiatives and Environmental Performance Anna Spenceley 11. Turkey’s Tourism Policy and Environmental Performance of Tourism Enterprises Nazmiye Erdogan 12. Environmental Performance and Tourism Enterprises in the UK: Progress towards Sustainability? David Leslie. Conclusion 2009: 6 x 9: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-99332-6: £60.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415993326
Selected Contents: 1. Tourist Shopping Opportunities: Placing Tourist Shopping Villages in a Larger Context 2. Tourist Shopping Experiences: The Shopper’s Perspective 3. A Conceptual Model of Sustainable Tourist Shopping Village Design 4. The Importance of Location, Anchor Attractions and Entrepreneurs 5. Shopping Village Streetscapes, Landscapes and Servicescapes 6. Theming and Presentation 7. The Structure and Organisation of Shopping Village Activities 8. Support Services and Facilities 9. Barriers, Challenges and Information Needs 10. The Future of Tourist Shopping Villages December 2009: 6 x 9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96527-9: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415965279
TOURISM STUDIES research – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Ecotourism, NGOs and Development: A Critical Analysis
Jim Butcher
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-39367-6
£80.00
Tourism and the Consumption of Wildlife: Hunting, Shooting and Sport Fishing
Edited by Brent Lovelock
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-40381-8
£85.00
Tourism, Creativity and Development
Edited by Greg Richards and Julie Wilson 2007
Hb: 978-0-415-42756-2
£90.00
Tourism, Ethnic Diversity and the City
Edited by Jan Rath
Hb: 978-0-415-33390-0
£80.00
2006
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
d ev e lopme n t s tu die s te x tbo o k s NEW
Tourism and Poverty Regina Scheyvens, Massey University, New Zealand Tourism and Poverty addresses a critical question facing many academics, governments, aid agencies, tourism organizations, and conservation bodies around the world: can tourism work as a tool to overcome poverty? This book is the first to present a focused description and critique of the issues surrounding poverty and tourism. Relying on a wealth of primary data on tourism, Scheyvens supports her findings with novel case studies from her own research, such as a ‘voyeurs of poverty’style ‘volunteer tour’ in Nepal, to pro-poor changes being implemented by major British tour operators, to community-controlled budget tourism in Samoa. This book will fundamentally alter the way academics and tourism professionals understand the current and potential role of tourism in alleviating poverty.
Asia Pacific Journal of Tourism Research www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rapt
Current Issues in Tourism www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcit
Journal of Ecotourism www.tandf.co.uk/journals/reco
Journal of Heritage Tourism www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjht
Journal of Policy Research in Tourism, Leisure and Events www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rprt
Journal of Sustainable Tourism
March 2010: 6 x 9: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-99675-4: £65.00
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsus
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415996754
Journal of Tourism and Cultural Change
NEW
Tourists, Tourism and Well-Being Philip Pearce, James Cook University, Australia, Sebastian Filep, MODUL University Vienna, Austria and Glenn Ross, James Cook University, Australia Tourism is arguably one of the largest self-initiated commercial interventions to create well-being and happiness on the entire planet. Yet there is a lack of specific attention to the ways in which we can better understand and evaluate the relationship between well-being and travel. The recent surge of scholarly work in positive psychology concerned with human well-being and flourishing represents a contemporary force with the potential to embellish and augment much current tourism study. This book maps out the field and then draws linkages between tourists, tourism and positive psychology. It discusses topics such as the issue of excess materialism and its fragile relationship with well-being, the value of positive psychology to lifestyle businesses, and the insights of the research field to spa and wellness tourism. This volume will interest those who study and practise tourism as well as scholars and graduate students in a range of disciplines such as psychology, sociology, business and leisure.
DEVELOPMENT STUDIES TEXTBOOKS
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rtcc
Journal of Tourism History www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rjth
Journal of Travel and Tourism Marketing www.tandf.co.uk/journals/wttm
Scandinavian Journal of Hospitality and Tourism www.tandf.co.uk/journals/sjht
Tourism and Hospitality Planning & Development www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rthp
Tourism Geographies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rtxg
March 2010: 6 x 9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99329-6: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415993296
Geographies of Developing Areas The Global South in a Changing World Glyn Williams, Paula Meth, both at University of Sheffield, UK and Katie Willis, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK
This significant textbook questions traditional conceptions of Africa, Asia, Latin America, and the Caribbean to provide a new understanding of the ‘Global South’, highlighting the rich diversity of regions that are usually only viewed in terms of their ‘problems’.
Providing a positive but critical approach to a number of key issues affecting these important areas, the book: • examines the ways in which the Global South is represented, and the values at play • explores how the South is shaping, and being shaped by, global economic, political and cultural processes • looks at peoples’ lives and identities • assesses the possibilities and limitations of different ‘development’ strategies. A timely assessment of the way global processes are perceived from the Global South, the book is illustrated with over sixty colour photographs. It includes a full glossary of key terms, case studies from fieldwork conducted across a range of communities and nations, and introductions to the wider literature in this field. This is a wonderful new textbook for all students interested in Human Geography and Development Studies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1: Representing the South 2. Representing the South Section 2: The South in a Global World 3. The South in a Changing World Order 4. The South in a Globalising Economy 5. Social and Cultural Change in the South Section 3: Living in the South 6. Political Lives 7. Making a Living 8. Ways of Living Section 4: Making a Difference 9. Governing Development 10. Market-Led Development 11. DIY Development 12. Conclusions 2009: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-38123-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38122-2: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08624-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415381222
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
31
32
develo p m en t studi es te x tboo k s
An Everyday Geography of the Global South Jonathan Rigg, University of Durham, UK Taking a broad perspective of livelihoods, this book draws on more than ninety case studies from thirty-six countries across Asia, Africa and Latin America to examine how people are engaging and living with modernity. This extends from changes in the ways that households operate, to how and why people take on new work and acquire new skills, how migration and mobility have become increasingly common features of existence, and how aspirations and expectations are being reworked under the influence of modernization. To date, this is the only book which takes such an approach to building an understanding of the global South. By using the experience of the non-Western world to illuminate and inform mainstream debates in geography, and in beginning from the lived experiences of ‘ordinary’ people, this book provides an alternative insight into a range of geographical debates. The clarity of argument and its use of detailed case studies makes this book an invaluable resource for students. Selected Contents: 1. What’s With the Everyday?: The Everyday, Globalization and the Global South 2. Structures and Agencies: Lives, Living and Livelihoods 3. Life Styles and Life Courses: The Structures and Rhythms of Everyday Life 4. Making a Living in the Global South: Livelihood Transitions 5. Living with Modernity 6. Living on the Move 7. Governing the Everyday 8. Alternatives: The Everyday and Resistance 9. The Structures of the Everyday 2007: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-37608-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37609-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96757-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415376099
3rd Edition
Green Development Environment and Sustainability in a Developing World
The Development Reader The Development Reader brings together fifty-four key readings on development history, theory and policy: Adam Smith and Karl Marx meet, among others, Robert Wade, Amartya Sen and Jeffrey Sachs. It shows how debates around development have been structured by different readings of the roles played by markets, empire, nature and difference in the organization of world affairs. For example, present-day concerns about economic liberalization echo long-standing debates around free-trade, extended divisions of labour and national economic policy. Likewise, old debates about empire are re-appearing in critical perspectives on US policy in the Middle East. While there is little room today for old-fashioned environmental or cultural determinism, the attention now being given to climate change and a clash of civilisations shows that questions of nature and difference remain at the centre of development politics. Section and individual extract introductions guide students through the material and bind the readings into a coherent whole. Organized chronologically as well as thematically, it offers an intellectual history of the debates and political struggles that swirl around development. By bringing together intellectual history and contemporary development issues in this way, The Development Reader breaks fresh ground. It will have broad appeal across the humanities and social sciences, and is essential reading for students of contemporary development issues, practitioners and campaigners. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Object of Development Part 2: Markets, Empire, Nature, Difference Part 3: Reform, Revolution, Resistance Part 4: Promethean Visions Part 5: Challenges to the Mainstream the Political Economy of Growth Part 6: The Hubris of Development Part 7: Institutions, Governance and Participation Part 8: Globalization, Security and Well-Being Part 9: Development in the Twenty-First Century 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-41504-0: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41505-7: £29.99 For a full table of contents, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415057
W.M. Adams, University of Cambridge, UK The concept of sustainability lies at the core of the challenge of environment and development and the way governments, business and environmental groups respond to it. Green Development provides a clear and coherent analysis of sustainable development in both theory and practice. This third edition retains the clear and powerful argument of previous editions, but has been updated to reflect advances in ideas and changes in international policy. Greater attention has been given to political ecology, environmental risk and the environmental impacts of development. This fully revised third edition discusses: • the origins of thinking about sustainability and sustainable development and its evolution to the present day • the ideas that dominate mainstream sustainable development (ecological modernization, market environmentalism and environmental economics) • the nature and diversity of alternative ideas about sustainability that challenge ‘business as usual’ thinking (for example ecosocialism, ecofeminism, deep ecology and political ecology) • the dilemmas of sustainability in the context of dryland degradation, deforestation, biodiversity conservation, dam construction and urban and industrial development • the nature of policy choices about the environment and development strategies and between reformist and radical responses to the contemporary global dilemmas. This book has proved its value to generations of students as an authoritative, thought-provoking and readable guide to the field of sustainable development. Selected Contents: 1. The Dilemma of Sustainability 2. The Roots of Sustainable Development 3. The Development of Sustainable Development 4. Sustainable Development: Making the Mainstream 5. Mainstream Sustainable Development 6. Delivering Mainstream Sustainable Development 7. Countercurrents in Sustainable Development 8. Dryland Political Ecology 9. Sustainable Forests? 10. The Politics of Preservation 11. Sustainability and River Control 12. Industrial and Urban Hazard 13. Green Development: Reformism or Radicalism? 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-39507-6: £85.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-39508-3: £25.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-92971-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395083
Routledge Perspectives on Development Series
Edited by Sharad Chari and Stuart Corbridge, both at London School of Economics, UK
Series Edited by Tony Binns, University of Otago, New Zealand Routledge Perspectives on Development provides an invaluable, up to date and refreshing approach to key development issues for academics and students working in the field of development, in disciplines such as anthropology, economics, geography, international relations, politics and sociology. NEW 2nd Edition
Gender and Development Janet Momsen, University of California, USA
This revised and updated second edition provides a concise, accessible introduction to Gender and Development issues in the developing world and in the transition countries of Eastern and Central Europe. The nine chapters include discussions on: changes in theoretical approaches, gender complexities and the Millennium Development Goals; social and biological reproduction including differing attitudes to family planning by states and variation in education and access to housing; differences in health and violence at major life stages for women and men and natural disasters and gender roles in rural and urban areas. The penultimate chapter considers the impact of broad economic changes such as the globalization of trade and communications on gender differences in economic activity and the final chapter addresses international progress towards gender equality as measured by the global gender gap. The text is particularly strong on environmental aspects and the new edition builds on this to consider the effects of climate change and declining natural resources illustrated by a case study of changing gender roles in fishing in India. There is also enhanced coverage of topics such as global trade, sport as a development tool, masculinities, and sustainable agriculture. Maps, statistics, references and boxed case studies have been updated throughout and their coverage widened. Gender and Development is the only broad based introduction to the topic. It features student friendly items such as chapter learning objectives, discussion questions, annotated guides to further reading and websites. The text is enlivened throughout with examples and case studies drawn from the author’s worldwide field research and consultancies with international development agencies over four decades. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Gender is a Development Issue 2. Demography and Migration 3. Reproduction 4. Gender, Health and Violence 5. Gender and Environment 6. Gender in Rural Areas 7. Gender and Urbanization 8. Globalization and Changing Patterns of Economic Activity 9. How Far Have We Come? December 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77562-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77563-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86962-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775632
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
d ev e lopme n t s tudi e s te x tbo o k s
NEW
NEW
NEW
Water Resources and Development
Economics and Development Studies
Africa
Clive Agnew and Philip Woodhouse, both at University of Manchester, UK
Michael Tribe, University of Bradford, UK, Fred Nixson, University of Manchester, UK and Andrew Sumner, Institute of Development Studies, Sussex, UK
Tony Binns, University of Otago, New Zealand and Alan Dixon, University of Worcester, UK
Water Resources and Development begins by charting the evolution of approaches to water management. It identifies an emerging polarisation in the late twentieth century between short-term supply and long-term sustainability problems, and between ‘technical’ (hydrological and engineering) and ‘social’ (political and economic) views of the nature of water problems and the measures proposed as solutions. In the past decade these two axes of policy debate have been further intersected by discussion of the scale at which management decisions should be made: the relative effectiveness of ‘global’ and ‘local’ governance of water. The book further elaborates this analytical framework through a series of case studies that exemplify four key development challenges: economic growth, poverty reduction, competition and conflict over water, and adaptation to climate change. The book then undertakes an exploration of current ‘best practice’ water management strategies for overcoming these development challenges. This engaging and insightful text contributes an interdisciplinary analysis of the role of water resources in shaping opportunities and constraints for development. This is a subject on which much analysis has been written from either scientific / engineering or social / political perspectives, but seldom integrates both. The central message of the book is that defining ‘successful’ water management strategies requires first establishing our development goals, and the implicit trade-offs between water consumption and conservation. The book argues that economic growth will (despite increases in efficiency) necessitate increases in water supply, increased costs of both infrastructure and managerial capacity, and increasing competition between water users. This implies reconsidering existing ‘best practice’. Selected Contents: 1. Water Management Best Practice in the Twenty-First Century. Part 1 2. Economic Growth and Increasing Water Demand 3. Water Resources in Colonial and Post-Independence Agricultural Development 4. Water and Development Under Conditions of Climate Change 5. Catchments and Conflicts. Part 2 6. Enhancement of Water Supply: Water Management as Science and Engineering 7. Regulation and Management of Water Demand: Social and Economic Governance 8. Conclusions
Economics and Development Studies makes the economic dimension of discourse around controversial issues in international development accessible to second and third year undergraduate students working towards degrees in development studies. It also provides background reading for sixth formers, other undergraduate and postgraduate students and the informed general reader. Following an introductory chapter outlining the connections between development economics and development studies, the book consists of eight substantive chapters dealing with the nature of development economics, economic development and structural change, economic growth and developing countries, development experience since the Second World War, globalization, developing countries and international trade, economics and development policy, and economics and poverty analysis. The concluding chapter rounds off the book, reflecting on future prospects for developing countries within the world economy. The book includes case studies, suggestions for further reading, and an explanation of the economic concepts used in the body of the chapters. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Development Economics and Development Studies 2. The Nature of Development Economics 3. Economic Development and Structural Change 4. Economic Growth and Developing Countries 5. Development Experience Since the Second World War 6. Globalization 7. Developing Countries and International Trade 8. Economics and Development Policy 9. Economics and Poverty Analysis 10. Conclusion July 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-45039-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45038-6: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450386
June 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45137-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45139-0: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451390
Diversity and Development
At the start of the twenty-first century, Africa is the world’s poorest continent. This book will both introduce and de-mystify Africa’s diversity and dynamism, and consider how its peoples and environments have interacted through time and space. The background and diversity of Africa’s social, cultural, economic, political and environmental systems will be examined, and the book will identify and elucidate the key development issues which have affected Africa in the past and are likely to be significant in shaping the future of the continent. These will include; the impact of HIV/AIDS, sources of conflict and post-conflict reconstruction, the state and governance, the nature of African economies in a global context, and future development trajectories. With the increasing attention that Africa is now receiving, there is an urgent need for an up to date text that covers the entire continent, and not merely Sub-Saharan Africa, which is the focus of so many other books. With the benefit of the authors’ wide experience of Africa, ‘Africa: Diversity and Development’ will present recent data and detailed case studies in a refreshing interdisciplinary approach which should both enhance understanding of the background to Africa’s current position, and also clarify possible future scenarios. Selected Contents: 1. Africa: Continuity and Change 2. Africa’s Peoples 3. African Environments 4. Rural Africa 5. Urban Africa 6. Health 7. Conflict and Post-Conflict Africa 8. African Economies 9. Developing Africa 10. What Future for Africa? November 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-41367-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41368-8: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415413688
NEW
Global Finance and Development David Hudson, University College London, UK Global Finance and Development describes and explains the variety of relationships between finance and development. Finance is broken down into its various aspects in separate chapters on aid, debt, portfolio investment, FDI, microfinance and remittances. The text will help the reader develop a critical understanding of the nature of finance and development. Throughout the text the reader is encouraged to see financial processes as embedded within the broader structure of social relationships. Selected Contents: 1. Development and the Millennium Development Goals 2. Finance and Development 3. International Aid 4. International Debt 5. Foreign Direct Investment 6. Financial Markets 7. Civil Society and Finance 8. Conclusions October 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-43634-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43635-9: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436359
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
33
develo p m en t studi es te x tboo k s
34
NEW
NEW
Cities and Development
Natural Resource Extraction and Development
Politics and Development
Jo Beall and Sean Fox, both at London School of Economics, UK
Roy Maconachie, University of Bath, UK and Gavin M. Hilson, University of Reading, UK
Politics and Development provides a timely and valuable introductory text that aims to explain and critically evaluate historical and contemporary debates regarding political development and the politics of development. It aims to guide the reader through current debates about the role of politics in helping or hindering development within countries, the way in which political development occurs, and how this fits into current wider debates, such as globalization and the changing nature of policymaking. As an introductory text, it presents debates and critiques in a manner that readers will find accessible, yet challenging. The use of wide-ranging examples from a number of countries and regions throughout the text will help the reader to understand both the academic and policy relevance of the debates under discussion.
This timely text will introduce readers to the key issues surrounding reform and expansion of the extractive industries in developing countries, highlighting the consequences of recent developments in the sector to development in Africa, Asia and Latin America. Material will draw on a variety of case studies from across the developing world, focusing on both large-scale and small-scale resource extraction. In addition to providing a comprehensive critique of neo-liberal agendas, and more specifically, the role of the World Bank and multinational mining corporations in developing countries, the book will engage with a number of debates that have recently transpired around such key issues as the role of mineral resources in perpetuating civil violence, the ’scramble’ for Third World oil, the need for ’good governance’ and corporate social responsibility, and the rise of artisanal mining as an alternative livelihood. In an era where neo-liberal principles have become the dominant ideology propelling the extension of markets and the use and regulation of natural resources in the developing world, this text fills the pressing need for a synthesis that can draw together a range of complex, but inter-related issues. By exploring contemporary theoretical debates, examining current policies, and drawing on the author’s extensive field-based research, this book will shed new light on environment-development questions raised within the extractive industries. Selected Contents: 1. Neo-Liberalising Nature? An Introduction to the Extractive Industries and Development 2. The ’Resource Curse’ Debate: Is Natural Resource Wealth a Blessing or a Curse for Developing Countries? 3. Resource Conflict, the Extractive Industries and Civil Violence in the Developing World 4. Artisanal and Small-Scale Mining (ASM), Poverty and Alternative Livelihoods 5. The Scramble for Oil in the Developing World 6.’Good Governance’ and Corporate Social Responsibility in the Extractive Industries 7. Civil Society and Emerging Public Spaces in the Extractive Industries 8. Conclusion: Which Way Forward for the Extractive Industries in the Developing World? October 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-54570-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54571-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85456-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415545716
See Also: Tourism and Development in the Developing World David J. Telfer and Richard Sharpley See page 27 for more details
Heather Marquette, University of Birmingham, UK
The text presents debates and critiques in a manner that readers will find accessible, yet challenging. The book allows readers to work both ‘forwards’ and ‘backwards’, exploring how current debates evolved out of particular contexts and tracing current debates back to particular theoretical and historical perspectives. Most students struggle with making these connections, so this will be one of the main pedagogical approaches taken here. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1: Political Development and the Politics of Development: Current Debates and Theories 2. The Return of Politics in Development Studies 3. Theories of Political Development Section 2: The Politics of Development 4. The Role of Government 5. Democracy and Democratization 6. Aid Politics and Development 7. International Development Institutions Section 3: Rethinking Political Development in the Twenty-First Century 8. State Failure 9. Political Dimensions of Good Governance 10. Globalization and Political Spaces 11. Civil Society 12. Towards a Pro-Poor Politics? 13. Conclusion November 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 302pp Hb: 978-0-415-48325-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48326-1: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483261
Population and Development
Cities and Development provides a critical exploration of the dynamic relationship between urbanism and development. Highlighting both the challenges and opportunities associated with rapid urban change, the book surveys: • the historical relationship between urbanization and development • the role cities play in fostering economic growth in a globalizing world
• the unique characteristics of urban poverty and the poor record of interventions designed to tackle it • the complexities of managing urban environments; issues of urban crime, violence, war and terrorism in contemporary cities • the importance of urban planning, governance and politics in shaping city futures. This book brings into conversation debates from urban and development studies and highlights the strengths and weaknesses of current policy and planning responses to the contemporary urban challenge. It includes research orientated supplements in the form of summaries, boxed case studies, development questions and further reading. The book is intended for senior undergraduate and graduate students interested in urban, international and development studies, as well as policy-makers and planners concerned with equitable and sustainable urban development. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Development in the First Urban Century 2. Urbanisation and Development in Historical Perspective 3. Urbanism and Economic Development 4. Urban Poverty and Vulnerability 5. Managing the Urban Environment 6. Human Security in Cities: Crime, Violence, War and Terrorism 7. Shaping City Futures: Urban Planning, Governance and Politics 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39098-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39099-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08645-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415390996
W.T.S Gould, University of Liverpool, UK
Population and Development addresses important issues at the heart of the problems of Developing Countries: how these countries address the common difficulties of population growth, including mortality and fertility decline, population redistribution including internal migration and urbanization, and also international migration, for both source countries and for destination countries. How and why has population change affected development – both positively and negatively? How and why has development affected population change – both growth and distribution?
The arguments of the book bring together a large but fairly loosely integrated literature from Population Studies, Development Studies and Geography in a conceptually coordinated, empirically wide-ranging and challenging discussion. It is targeted at an audience in undergraduate courses in Geography and in Masters courses in Development Studies and Population Studies. The book’s succinct but erudite structure means it can be used either as a course textbook, or as a basic reference on a range of current issues and likely concerns at the interface between Geography, Development Studies and Population Studies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Population and Development 2. How Population Affects Development 3. How Development Affects Population 4. Mortality, Disease and Development 5. Fertility, Culture and Development 6. Migration and Development 7. Population Age Structures and Development 8. Human Resource Development 9. Population Planning 10. Global Population Futures 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-35446-2: £75.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-35447-9: £19.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-00105-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415354479
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
d ev e lopme n t s tudi e s te x tbo o k s
Non-Governmental Organizations and Development David Lewis, London School of Economics, UK and Nazneen Kanji, International Institute for Environment and Development, London, UK
This book provides a critical introduction to the wide-ranging topic of NGOs and development. Written by two authors with more than twenty years experience of research and practice in the field, the book combines a critical overview of the main research literature with a set of up-to-date theoretical and practical insights drawn from experience in Asia, Europe, Africa and elsewhere. It highlights the importance of NGOs in development, but it also engages fully with the criticisms that the increased profile of NGOs in development now attracts. This critical overview will be useful to students of development studies at undergraduate and masters levels, as well as to more general readers and practitioners. The format of the book includes figures, photographs and case studies as well as reader material in the form of summary points and questions. Despite the growing importance of the topic, no single short, up-to-date book exists that sets out the main issues in the form of a clearly written, academically-informed text: until now.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What are Non-Governmental Organizations? 2. Understanding NGOs in Historical Context 3. NGOs and Development Theory 4. NGOs and Development Practice: From Alternative to Mainstream? 5. NGO Roles in Development 6. NGOs and ‘Civil Society’ 7. NGOs and Globalization 8. NGOs and the Aid System 9. NGOs and International Humanitarian Action 10. Development NGOs in Perspective
Disaster and Development Andrew E. Collins, Northumbria University, UK
Postcolonialism and Development
Cheryl McEwan, Durham University, UK
This engaging and accessible text illuminates the complexity of the relationship between disaster and development; it opens with an assessment of the scope of contemporary disaster and development studies, highlighting the rationale for looking at the two issues as part of the same topic. The second and third chapters detail development perspectives of disaster, and the influence of disaster on development. The fourth chapter exemplifies how human health is both a cause and consequence of disaster and development and the following chapter illustrates some of the learning and planning processes in disaster and development oriented practice. Early warning, risk management, mitigation, response and recovery actions provide the focus for the fifth and sixth chapters. The final chapter indicates some of the likely future contribution and challenges of combined disaster and development approaches. With an emphasis on putting people at the centre of disaster and development, the book avoids confronting readers with ‘no hope’ representations, instead highlighting disaster reduction opportunities. This book is an essential introduction for students from multiple disciplines, whose subject area may variously engage with contemporary crises, and for many other people interested in finding about what is really meant by disaster reduction. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Why Disaster and Development? 2. Viewing Disasters from Perspectives of Development 3. How Disasters Influence Development 4. Physical and Mental Health in Disaster and Development 5. Learning and Planning in Disaster Management 6. Disaster Early Warning and Risk Management 7. Disaster Migration, Response and Recovery 8. Conclusions
2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45429-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45430-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87707-4
2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-42667-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42668-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87923-8
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454308
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426688
Postcolonialism and Development explains, reviews and critically evaluates recent debates about postcolonial approaches and their implications for development studies. By outlining contemporary theoretical debates and examining their implications for how the developing world is thought about, written about and engaged with in policy terms, this book unpacks the difficult, complex and important aspects of the relationship between postcolonial approaches and development studies, making them accessible, interesting and relevant to both students and researchers. Each chapter builds an understanding of postcolonial approaches, their historical divergences from development studies and more recent convergences around issues such as discourses of development, knowledge, and power and agency within development. Up-to-date illustrations and examples from across the regions of the world bring to life important theoretical and conceptual issues. This topical book outlines an agenda for theory and practice within a postcolonial development studies and illustrates how, while postcolonialism and development pose significant mutual challenges, both are potentially enriched by each others insights and approaches. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Origins of Postcolonialism 3. Postcolonial Theory and Development 4. Discourses of Development and the Power of Representation 5. Development Knowledge and Power 6. Agency in Development 7. Towards a Postcolonial Development Agenda 8. Conclusions 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-43364-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43365-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88738-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433655
development STUDIES textbooks – BACKLIST Title
Format & ISBN
Price
An Introduction to Sustainable Development, 3rd Edition Jennifer Elliott 2005
Author
Hb: 978-0-415-33558-4 Pb: 978-0-415-33559-1 eBook: 978-0-203-42022-5
£75.00 £21.50
Children, Youth and Development Nicola Ansell 2005
Hb: 978-0-415-28768-5 Pb: 978-0-415-28769-2 eBook: 978-0-203-64404-1
£85.00 £20.99
Environmental Management and Development Chris Barrow 2004
Hb: 978-0-415-28083-9 Pb: 978-0-415-28084-6 eBook: 978-0-203-49548-3
£75.00 £20.99
Rural-Urban Interaction in the Developing World Kenny Lynch 2004
Hb: 978-0-415-25870-8 Pb: 978-0-415-25871-5 eBook: 978-0-203-64627-4
£75.00 £19.99
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Date
35
develo p m en t studi es te x tboo k s
36
Conflict and Development Roger Mac Ginty, University of York, UK and Andrew Williams, University of St. Andrews, UK
This valuable introductory text explains, reviews and critically evaluates the comples relationship between conflict and development. It focuses on intra-state conflicts and complex political emergencies that combine transnational and internal characteristics. Attention is also given to inter-state conflicts. Chapters emphasise how the relationship between conflict and development traverses many scales (macro, meso and micro) and dimensions (economic, political and cultural). Furthermore it explains how different developmental challenges and opportunities emerge along the full life cycle of conflict. Specifically, the role of poverty, state, market, civil society, globalization, humanitarian aid, refuges, gender and health within conflict dynamics are examined. The book also investigates specific developmental issues emerging during conflict management and post conflict reconstruction. Both authors have a background in conducting research in deeply divided societies, and argue that many of the processes connected with war and peacemaking deliberately write people out of the equation. This book attempts to ‘write people in’.
Southeast Asian Development
NEW
Andrew McGregor, University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand
Critical Struggles for Social Change
Divided into accessible thematic chapters, this book adopts a unique perspective of equitable development to outline the strengths and weaknesses of the transformations taking place in the Southeast Asian region. Focusing on four key themes: equality and inequality; political freedom and opportunity; empowerment and participation; and environmental sustainability, these concepts are used to explore Southeast Asian development and trace the impacts that the growing popularity of market-led and grassroots approaches are having upon economic, political and social processes. Whilst the diversity of the region is emphasized so are some of the homogenizing trends such as the concentration of wealth and services in urban areas and the subsequent migration of rural people into urban factories and squatter settlements. The ongoing commercialization and industrialization of rural agriculture as well as the expansion of non-farm income earning opportunities in rural spaces, and the alarming rates of environmental degradation which threaten health and livelihoods are also exposed. In highlighting how Southeast Asian development is unevenly distributing wealth, opportunities and risks throughout the region, this book emphasizes the need for creative new approaches to ensure that benefits of development are equitably enjoyed by all. Including illustrations, case studies and further reading, this book provides an accessible up-to-date introductory text for students and researchers interested in Southeast Asian development, development studies, Asian studies and geography.
Contesting Development Edited by Philip McMichael, Cornell University, USA
At a time when the development promise is increasingly in question, with dwindling social gains, the vision of modernity is losing its legitimacy and coherence. This moment is observable through the lens of critical struggles of those who experience disempowerment, displacement and development contradictions.
In this book, case studies serve as an effective means of teaching key concepts and theories in the sociology of development. This collection of cases, all original and never previously published and with framing essays by Phillip McMichael, has been written with this purpose in mind. An important additional feature is that the book as a whole reveals the limiting assumptions of development and suggests alternate conditions of possibility for social existence in the world today. In that sense, the book pushes the boundaries of ’thinking about development’ and makes an important theoretical contribution to the literature.
Katie Willis
Selected Contents: 1. Changing the Subject of Development 2. Have they Disabled Us? Liquor Production and Grammars of Material Distress in Rural India 3. Cities without Citizens: A Perspective on the Struggle of Abahlali Base Mjondolo, the Durban Shackdweller Movement 4. Where does the Rural Educated Person Fit in a Market Society? Negotiating Social Reproduction in Contemporary India 5. Re-Imagining the Nature of Development: Biodiversity Conservation and Pastoral Visions in the Northern Areas, Pakistan 6. Marketing and Militarizing Elections? Social Protest, Extractive Security and the De/Legitimation of ‘Civilian Transition’ in Nigeria and Mexico 7. The Land is Changing: Contested Agricultural Narratives in Northern Malawi 8. The Poverty of Neoliberalism in Chiapas, Mexico: Gendered Resistance via Neo-Zapatista Network Politics 9. Corporate Mobilization on the Mato Grosso Soybean Frontier, Brazil 10. Recoveries of Space and Subjectivity in the Shadow of Violence: the Clandestine Politics of Pavement Dwellers in Mumbai 11. Mobilizing Agrarian Citizenship: a New Rural Paradigm for Brazil 12. Demilitarizing Sovereignty: Self-Determination and Anti-Military Base Activism in Okinawa, Japan 13. Decolonizing Knowledge: Education, Inclusion, and the Afro-Brazilian Anti- Racist Struggle 14. Challenging Market Fundamentalisms: The Emergence of ’Ethics, Cosmovisions, and Spiritualities’ in the World Social Forum 15. Development and its Discontents
’Theories and Practices of Development is a clear and concise introductory text which provides an excellent and accessible ’way in’ for undergraduate students to critically engage with a range of contemporary development debates.’ – The Geographical Journal 2006
December 2009: 7 x 10: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-87331-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87332-1: £28.99
This outstanding introductory text explains and places in a historical context the development theories behind contemporary debates, such as globalization and transnationalism.
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415873321
Written in an accessible style, the book considers the main contemporary theories and arguments on conflict, development and the interactions between the two. The text is illuminated throughout with case studies drawn from Africa, the Balkans, Asia and the Middle East. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Poverty, Profit and the Political Economy of Violent Conflict 2. Institutions: Hardware and Software 3. People: Participation, Civil Society and Gender 4. Conflict Resolution, Transformation, Reconciliation and Development 5. Post-Conflict Reconstruction and Development 6. Development, Aid and Violent Conflict. Conclusion
Selected Contents: 1. Introducing Southeast Asian Development 2. Setting the Scene for Development: Pre-Colonial and Colonial Southeast Asia 3. Economic Development 4. Political Development 5. Social Development 6. Transforming Urban Spaces 7. Transforming Rural Spaces 8. Transforming Natural Spaces 9. Towards Equitable Development 10. References
2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39936-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39937-1: £19.99
2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-38416-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38152-9: £19.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399371
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415381529
Theories and Practices of Development
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What Do We Mean by Development? 2. Classical and Neo-Liberal Development Theories 3. Structuralism, Neo-Marxism and Socialism 4. Grassroots Development 5. Social and Cultural Dimensions of Development 6. Environment and Development Theory 7. Globalization and Development: Problems and Solutions? 8. Conclusions 2005: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-30052-0: £75.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-30053-7: £20.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-50156-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415300537
View any
product
online using the urls below each listing
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
dev e lopme n t s tudi e s s uppl e me n tary r e adin g
NEW
Poverty Capital Microfinance and the Making of Development Ananya Roy, University of California, Berkeley, USA This is a book about poverty but it does not study the poor and the powerless. Instead it studies those who manage poverty. It sheds light on how powerful institutions control ’capital’, or circuits of profit and investment, as well as ’truth’, or authoritative knowledge about poverty. Such dominant practices are challenged by alternative paradigms of development, and the book details these as well. Using the case of microfinance, the book participates in a set of fierce debates about development – from the role of markets to the secrets of successful pro-poor institutions. Based on many years of research in Washington DC., Bangladesh, and the Middle East, Poverty Capital also grows out of the author’s undergraduate teaching to thousands of students on the subject of global poverty and inequality. April 2010: 6 x 9: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-87673-5: £21.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415876735
DEVELOPMENT STUDIES SUPPLEMENTARY READING
NGOs as Advocates for Development in a Globalising World Edited by Barbara Rugendyke, University of New England, Australia
Arresting Development The Power of Knowledge for Social Change Craig Johnson, University of Guelph, Canada Tracing the historical and intellectual origins of post-development, Arresting Development, explores the impact of post-development theorizing on the study of international development and it compares across ’cultures’ of theory, methodology and practice to achieve universal understandings about values, identity and development. Selected Contents: 1. Deconstructing ‘Knowledge for Development’ 2. The ‘Poverty of History’ in Neo-Classical Discourse: Positivism, New Institutionalism and ‘the Tragedy of the Commons’ 3. Exporting the Model: Marxism, Postmodernism and Development 4. Development as Discourse: Contesting the Politics of ‘Post-Development’ 5. Development as Freedom of Choice: From Measurement to Empowerment to Rational Choice 6. Advancing Knowledge for Social Change
This book traces the recent growth in NGO advocacy. Barbara Rugendyke presents empirical findings about the impacts of NGO advocacy activity on the policies and practices of global and regional institutions. The research reveals the mixed successes of advocacy as a strategy for addressing the ongoing causes of poverty in developing nations. Case studies illustrate the advocacy work of Australian NGOs, of British NGOs policies about engaging with multinationals, of Oxfam International’s advocacy directed at World Bank policies and NGO advocacy in the Mekong Region. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, the mixed successes of advocacy as a strategy used by NGOs in attempting to address the ongoing causes of poverty in developing nations are examined. This volume is a useful aid to researchers, students and lecturers and to development practitioners interested in advocacy as a development strategy. Selected Contents: Part 1: Contesting the Global Futures – From Charity to Challenge Part 2: Towards Global Equality?: Internationalisation, Oxfam and the World Bank Part 3: A Hesitant Courtship: Engaging the Corporate Sector Part 4: Dam(n)ing the Mekong?: Banks, States, NGOs and the Poor
2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-38154-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38153-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08601-8
2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39530-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39531-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93921-5
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415381536
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395311
View Inside Routledge Books
Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online content before making any purchasing decisions? For more information visit www.routledge.com.
development STUDIES supplementary reading – BACKLIST Title Global Poverty, Ethics and Human Rights: The Role of Multilateral Organisations
Author
Date
Desmond McNeill 2009 and Asunción Lera StClair
Development Beyond Neoliberalism?: David Alan Craig and Doug Porter 2006 Governance, Poverty Reduction and Political Economy
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Format & ISBN
Price
Hb: 978-0-415-44704-1 Pb: 978-0-415-44594-8 eBook: 978-0-203-88130-9
£75.00 £20.99
Hb: 978-0-415-31959-1 Pb: 978-0-415-31960-7 eBook: 978-0-203-62503-3
£95.00 £26.99
37
develo p m en t studi es r e search mon og r aph s
38
DEVELOPMENT STUDIES RESEARcH MONOGRAPHS NEW
NEW
Rural-Urban Dynamics
Economic and Human Development in Contemporary India
Livelihoods, Mobility and Markets in African and Asian Frontiers Edited by Jytte Agergaard, Niels Fold and Katherine Gough, all at Copenhagen University, Denmark Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography It has increasingly been recognised that rural and urban areas are inextricably interlinked. This book adopts a fresh approach to the issue of rural-urban dynamics through a study of the changing nature of livelihoods, mobility and markets in ten study sites across four countries of Africa and Asia. Building on detailed fieldwork conducted in Ghana, Tanzania, Vietnam and Thailand, the authors explore how settlements and livelihoods are being transformed as long-term inhabitants and recent migrants embrace new economic activities many of which are linked to global markets. The book is structured around the concept of ‘frontier’ which is conceptualized as being a dynamic space where the forces of economic, demographic and social change are brought to bear. The study sites include agricultural frontiers (coffee, cocoa, pineapples and fresh fruit), handicraft and manufacturing frontiers, and mining frontiers (gold and diamonds). In all of the cases, global value chain dynamics have played a pivotal role in shaping local livelihoods. Some settlements are developing into new urban centres whilst others are suffering from a boom and bust experience due to the unreliability of export markets. The similarities and differences between the frontier settlements are drawn out by comparing frontiers of similar types and by highlighting the theoretical and policy implications of the findings from all the frontier types.
Cronyism and Fragility Debdas Banerjee, Institute of Development Studies Kolkata (IDSK), University of Calcutta, India Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia This book deals with issues in economic development in India. It highlights those factors that are indicative of Indiaís emergence in the global economy yet indicates negative ’trickle down’ effects, such as malnutrition, poverty, bonded labourers, high adult unemployment and the widespread use of child labour. With India as a case study, this book provides a solid framework for looking at developing economies which will be useful to policy-makers and to graduate and post-doctoral students and researchers in the areas of development studies and economics, industrialisation and structural change. Selected Contents: 1. Emerging India: Issues in Development 2. Global Trade and Investments: Opportunities and Challenges for India 3. Industrial Capabilities: Research and Development as the Indicator 4. Economic Restructuring: Employment and Income Implications 5. Agriculture: The Genesis of Growing Vulnerability 6. Trends in Wage and Earnings Differentials 7. Development as Governance: More Evidence from the Social Sector 8. Epilogue November 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55974-4: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559744
September 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-47562-4: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475624
NEW
Japanese Aid and the Construction of Global Development Inescapable Solutions Edited by David Leheny, Princeton University, USA and Kay Warren, Brown University, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan Analyzes the changing political contexts within which Japanese aid officials develop programs. It tracks the tensions facing aid officials as they seek to negotiate between an organizational bias in the Japanese government of promoting ’growth-oriented’ policies, and new demands for Japan to engage a broader array of ’human security’ concerns. Selected Contents: Inescapable Solutions: Japanese Aid and the Construction of Global Development David Leheny and Kay B. Warren Part 1: Japanese ODA and Modes of Representation 1. Japan’s ODA: Naiatsu and Gaiatsu Carol Lancaster 2. Old Visions and New Actors in Foreign Aid Politics Saori N. Katada Part 2: The Changing Contexts for Practicing Japanese Aid 3. Japan’s ODA to Vietnam and New Growth Support to Africa Izumi Ohno 4. Japan’s ODA to Bolivia Toru Yanagihara 5. Education Aid for Afghanistan Seiji Utsumi Part 3: Human Security and the Proliferation of Transnationalisms 6. Japanese Foreign Aid and the Spread of HIV/AIDS to Women in Asia Katya Burns 7. Japanese Lessons and Transnational Forces: ODA and the Environment Derek Hall 8. Promoting Gender Equality in Japanese ODA Yumiko Tanaka Part 4: Inescapable Crises 9. Trafficking in Persons Kay B. Warren 10. Crossing Borders Petrice R. Flowers 11. Remaking Counterterrorism David Leheny Remaking Transnationalisms: Japan and the Solutions to Crises David Leheny October 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55448-0: £75.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-86993-2
Family Farms: Survival and Prospect A World-Wide Analysis Harold Brookfield and Helen Parsons, Australian National University, Canberra Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography This book surveys the social conditions of family farming across the world and the conditions of its survival into the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: 1. Asking Agrarian Questions: Defining the Family Farm 2. Farming as it Was 3. Setting Up the Farm: Accessing Land and Water 4. Workforce, Livestock, Tools and Seeds 5. From the Farm to the Consumer 6. Farmers and the State: The Leading Role of the North Atlantic Countries 7. Farms Collectivized and De-Collectivized: Russia and China 8. The Periphery: From Structuralism to Neo-Liberalism 9. Farmers as Landscape Custodians: Environmentalism, Land Degradation and Pollution 10. Conservation and Growing Complexity Since the 1980s 11. Collisions Over Land in Developing Countries: Mexico and Brazil 12. Contrasted De-Agrarianization: Africa and Asia 13. Two Paths into the New Century: Pluriactivity and Organics 14. Prospect 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41441-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93597-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415414418
NEW
China-Africa Development Relations Edited by Christopher M. Dent, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary China China is the most powerful of a number of large developing country or new powers on the ascendance in the international system, all of which are deepening their economic relations with Africa. The primary aim of this book is to investigate what is particularly special about the emerging development partnership between Africa and China, and how it may evolve in the future. April 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56933-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569330
NEW
Industrialisation and Rural Livelihoods in China Susanne Lingohr-Wolf, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary China Since the mid-1990s, Chinese government policies and research programmes have advocated agricultural industrialization – the integration of agriculture with the post-harvest agro-economy – to facilitate structural adjustment of agriculture, create rural employment and increase rural household incomes. This book examines the impact of agricultural industrialization on rural livelihoods. March 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55937-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559379
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554480
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
dev e lopme n t s tudi e s r e s e arc h mon og r a p h s
Community Development in Asia and the Pacific Manohar S. Pawar, Charles Sturt University, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This book familiarizes readers with the Asia-Pacific region, presents the major social, economic and political issues, maps contemporary community development trends, and critically analyzes the challenges of and opportunities for community development practice in the Asia-Pacific region.
New Economic Policy in India
NEW
Edited by Waquar Ahmed, Mount Holyoke College, USA, Amitabh Kundu, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India and Richard Peet, Clark University, USA
Culture and the Environment in the Himalaya
Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society
Edited by Arjun Guneratne, Macalester College, USA
This edited volume critically examines the neoliberal shifts in India’s economic policies that have been implemented since 1991. Bringing together the leading figures in the discussion on India’s economic policy, this volume is the authoritative critical study of India’s New Economic Policy.
Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Diversity and Development in Asia and the Pacific 2. Community Development Practice Trends in Developed Countries 3. Community Development Practice Trends in Developing Countries 4. Values and Principles for Community Development 5. Practice Dimensions and Dynamics of Community Development 6. The Way Ahead: Challenges and Vision for Community Development. Appendices
2009: 6 x 9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-80188-1: £60.00
2009: 6 x 9: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-99874-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86737-2
Cultural Interventions
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415801881
On the Edges of Development
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415998741
Edited by Kum-Kum Bhavnani, John Foran, both at University of California, Santa Barbara, USA, Priya Kurian and Debashish Munshi, both at University of Waikato, New Zealand
NEW
Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society
Development Poverty and Politics Putting Communities in the Driver’s Seat Richard Martin, USAID and the World Bank, USA and Ashna Mathema, Urban Planner and Architect, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society By providing specific and practical examples, this book helps practitioners to apply the insights of how best to pursue a bottom-up approach to development in their own work, while also helping theoreticians and students to develop a strong analytical framework on the subject. Selected Contents: List of Illustrations. Foreword by John F.C. Turner. Acknowledgments. Introduction. Section 1 1. Righteous Indignation: The War on Poverty 2. How the Other Half Lives 3. What Lies Beneath: Insights into Life in Informal Settlements 4. Policy and Practice: The Missing Link 5. The Legal Framework as Oppressor Section 2 6. Constructive Engagement: Structuring Participation 7. Crossing the Great Divide: Negotiation and Consensus Building 8. Barefoot Professionals: A New Breed of Experts 9. Fair Trade? Economics and Finance Where They Make a Difference 10. Who Did What? Monitoring, Evaluation and Corruption 11. New Ways of Working. Notes. Bibliography. Index December 2009: 6 x 9: 310pp Hb: 978-0-415-99562-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86208-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415995627
This volume re-imagines development through a careful and imaginative exploration of some of the many ways that culture – in the broadest sense of lived experience and its representation – can recentre resistance, suggest alternative models, and advance critiques of development as it is currently practised. 2009: 6 x 9: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-95621-5: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88044-9
Drawing on Himalayan ethnography to interrogate and critique contemporary theorizing about the environment, this book examines how the environment is conceptualized among different social groups in the region. A new approach to the study of the environment in South Asia, this book introduces the new thinking in environmental anthropology and geography into the study of the Himalaya. Selected Contents: 1. Downward Spiral? Interrogating Narratives of Environmental Change in the Himalaya 2. Healing Landscapes: Sacred and Rational Nature in Nepal’s Ayurvedic Medicine 3. Perceptions of Forests Amongst the Yakkha of East Nepal: Exploring the Social and Cultural Context 4. A Forest Community or Community Forestry? Beliefs, Meanings and Nature in North-Western Nepal 5. Where God’s Children Live: Symbolizing Forests in Nepal 6. Clear Mountains, Blurred Horizons: Limbu Perceptions of Their Physical World 7. The Role of Religion in Conservation and Degradation of Forests: Examples from the Kumaun Himalaya 8. The Abuse of Religion and Ecology: The Vishva Hindu Parishad and Tehri Dam 9. Restoration and Revival: Remembering the Bagmati Civilization 10. Beyond Cultural Models of the Environment: Linking Subjectivities of Dwelling and Power December 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77883-1: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778831
Water Policy Processes in India
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415956215
Discourses of Power and Resistance Vandana Asthana, Eastern Washington University, USA
Rural Development Theory and Practice
Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia
Ruth McAreavey, Queens University Belfast, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This book critically analyzes key concepts associated with rural development policy and practice. Using the notion of rhetoric and reality, it makes sense of rural development and identifies the intricacies associated with rural development policy and practice, locating gaps and ensuing challenges. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. Rural Areas in the Twenty-First Century 3. The Case Study 4. Power 5. Micro-Politics Uncovered 6. Micro-Politics: A Taste of the Action 7. Unravelling Participation 8. The Performance of Participation 9. Conclusions
Water Policy Processes in India covers a critical gap in the literature by analyzing the process through which policies in India are developed and implemented, investigating the aims and motives behind policies, and identifying the potential areas of intervention in order improve the policy process in both its development and implementation stages. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Changing the Frame: Repositioning Policy 3. The Process of Economic Liberalization and Private Sector Participation 4. Water in the Liberalization Process 5. Situating Delhi in the Water Reform Project 6. Mainstreaming Policy: Discourses of Power 7. Creating Spaces for Change: Collective Action on the Water Reform Project 8. Understanding the Water Policy Process 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77831-2: £75.00
2009: 6 x 9: 174pp Hb: 978-0-415-95764-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87812-5
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778312
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415957649
development STUDIES research monographs – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Aram Ziai
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-41764-8
£80.00
Aid from International NGOs: Dirk-Jan Koch 2009 Blind Spots on the AID Allocation Map
Hb: 978-0-415-48647-7
£75.00
Exploring Post-Development: Theory and Practice, Problems and Perspectives
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
39
develo p m en t studi es r e search mon og r aph s
40
NEW
NEW
Dispossession and Resistance in India
The Comparative Political Economy of Development
The River and the Rage
Africa and South Asia
Third World Quarterly
Alf Gunvald Nilsen, University of Bergen, Norway
Edited by Barbara Harriss-White, University of Oxford, UK and Judith Heyer, Emeritus Fellow of Somerville College, Oxford University, UK
www.thirdworldquarterly.com
Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies This book deals with the controversies on developmental aspects of large dams, with a particular focus on the Narmada Valley projects in India. Based on extensive ethnographic fieldwork and research, the author draws on Marxist theory to craft a detailed analysis of how local demands for resettlement and rehabilitation were transformed into a radical anti-dam campaign linked to national and transnational movement networks. The book explains the Narmada conflict and addresses how the building of the anti-dam campaign was animated by processes of collective learning, how activists extended the spatial scope of their struggle by building networks of solidarity with transnational advocacy groups, and how it is embedded in and shaped by a wider field of force of capitalist development at national and transnational scales. The analysis emphasizes how the Narmada dam project is related to national and global processes of capitalist development, and relates the Narmada Valley movement to contemporary popular struggles against dispossession in India and beyond. March 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55864-8: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558648
NEW
Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka Ethnic and Regional Dimensions Edited by Dennis B. McGilvray, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Michele R. Gamburd, Portland State University, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia This book explores the aftermath of the tsunami in Sri Lanka, where coastal communities that are significantly different in terms of social structure, economy, language, religion, kinship, and cultural identity were affected. From a multidisciplinary perspective, it analyses regional and ethnic patterns of post-tsunami reconstruction according to different sectors of Sri Lankan society.
Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This book illustrates the enduring relevance and vitality of the comparative political economy of development approach and aptly presents the relation between theory and empirical material in a dynamic and interactive way. It offers a meaningful and powerful explanation of what is happening in the continent of Africa and the sub-continent of South Asia today. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Barbara Harriss-White and Judith Heyer 2. The Political Economy of Agrarian Change: Dinosaur or Phoenix? Lucia Da Corta 3. Strategic Dimensions of Rural Poverty Reduction in Sub-Saharan Africa Frank Ellis 4. From ’Rural Labour’ to ’Classes of Labour’: Class Fragmentation, Caste and Class Struggle at the Bottom of the Indian Labour Hierarchy Jens Lerche 5. Poverty: Causes, Responses and Consequences in Rural South Africa Elizabeth Francis 6. Seasonal Food Crises and Social Protection in Africa Stephen Devereux 7. The Political Economy of Contract Farming in Tea in Kenya: The Kenya Tea Development Agency (KTDA), 1964-2002 Cosmas Ochieng 8. Networking for Success: Informal Enterprises and Popular Associations in Nigeria Kate Meagher 9. Free and Unfree Labour: The Cape Wine Industry 1938-1988 Gavin Williams 10. The Opium Revolution: Continuity or Change in Rural Afghanistan? Adam Pain 11. The Marginalisation of Dalits in a Modernising Economy Judith Heyer 12. Shifting the Grindstone of Caste? Decreasing Dependency Amongst Dalit Labourers in Tamilnadu Hugo Gorringe 13. Liberalisation and Transformations in India’s Informal Economy: Female Breadwinners in Working Class Households in Chennai Karin Kapadia 14. Dalit Entrepreneurs in Middle India Aseem Prakash 15. Stigma and Regions of Accumulation: Mapping Dalit and Adivasi Capital in the 1990s Barbara Harriss-White with Kaushal Vidyarthee
The Journal of Comparative Asian Development www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rcad
Knowledge Management for Development Journal www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rkmd
The Journal of Development Studies www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fjds
Development in Practice www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cdip
Gender and Development www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cgde
Journal of Human Development and Capabilities www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjhd
Journal of Agricultural Education and Extension www.tandf.co.uk/journals/raee
For a Full List of Development Studies Titles, News, and Offers visit: www.informaworld.com/ developmentstudies.
December 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-55288-2: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552882
Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview and Context 1. Introduction Michele R. Gamburd and Dennis B. McGilvray 2. Building the Conflict Back Better: The Politics of Tsunami Relief and Reconstruction in Sri Lanka Alan Keenan 3. Conflict, Coastal Vulnerability, and Resiliency in Tsunami-Affected Communities Randall Kuhn Part 2: Ethnographic Materials 4. The Golden Wave: Discourses on the Equitable Distribution of Tsunami Aid on Sri Lanka’s Southwest Coast Michele R. Gamburd 5. The Sea Goddess and the Fishermen: Religion and Recovery in Navalady, Sri Lanka Patricia Lawrence 6. Dreaming of Dowry: Post-Tsunami Housing Strategies in Eastern Sri Lanka Dennis B. McGilvray and Patricia Lawrence Part 3: Disaster Studies 7. Actors in a Masala Movie: Fieldnotes on the NGO Tsunami Response in Eastern Sri Lanka Timmo Gaasbeek 8. Principles Ignored and Lessons Unlearned: A Disaster Studies Perspective on the Tsunami Experience in Sri Lanka Georg E. Frerks 9. Conclusion Michele R. Gamburd and Dennis B. McGilvray March 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77877-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778770
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
e n viron men tal s tudi e s an d man ag e me n t te x tbo o k s
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT TEXTBOOKS 2nd Edition
An Environmental History of the World Humankind’s Changing Role in the Community of Life J. Donald Hughes, University of Denver, USA This second edition of An Environmental History of the World continues to present a concise history, from ancient to modern times, of the interactions between human societies and the natural environment, including the other forms of life that inhabit our planet. Throughout their evolutionary history, humans have affected the natural environment, sometimes with a promise of sustainable balance, but also in a destructive manner. This book investigates the ways in which environmental changes, often the result of human actions, have caused historical trends in human societies. This process has happened in every historical period and in every part of the inhabited earth.
The book is organized into ten chapters. The main chapters follow a chronological path through the history of mankind, in relationship to ecosystems around the world. The chapters covering contemporary times discuss the physical impacts of the huge growth in population and technology, and the human responses to these problems. Our moral obligations to nature and how we can achieve a sustainable balance between technology and the environment are also considered. This revised second edition takes account of new research and the course of history containing new sections on global warming, the response of New Orleans to the hurricanes Katrina and Rita, and the experience of the Dutch people in protecting their low-lying lands against the encroachments of rivers, lakes, and the North Sea. New material is also offered on the Pacific Islands, including the famous case of Easter Island.
NEW
NEW
Conducting Research in Conservation
Elements of Ecological Economics
A Social Science Perspective
Jan Otto Andersson and Ralf Eriksson, both at Åbo Akademi, Finland
Helen Newing, Christine Eagle, Rajindra Puri and Bill Watson, all at University of Kent, UK
This is the first textbook on social science research methods written specifically for use in the expanding and increasingly multidisciplinary field of environmental conservation. It is targeted primarily at undergraduate students of conservation and related subjects, and provides a comprehensive, accessible guide to social science research methods for students with no prior knowledge of the social sciences. It will also be relevant for the many conservation postgraduates and practitioners who have trained in the natural sciences and need to develop skills in social science research. The book is illustrated throughout with practical examples of conservation-related research from different parts of the world (Europe, the Americas, Africa, Asia) and different ecosystems (forests, grasslands, marine and riverine systems and also farmland). In addition to examples in the text, boxes are included with definitions of key terms, practical tips, and brief narratives from students and practitioners describing practical issues they have faced in the field. There are very few people who have expertise in both the natural and the social sciences, and this continues to be a constraint in the development of the discipline of conservation. The proposed book will be invaluable tool in the training of the next generation of conservation professionals. Selected Contents: Section 1: Planning a Research Project 1. Introduction: Social Science Research in Conservation 2. Defining the Research Topic 3. Developing the Methodology 4. Sampling Section 2: Methods 5. Participant Observation 6. Qualitative Interviews and Focus Groups 7. Questionnaires 8. Documenting Local Environmental Knowledge and Change 9. Participatory Research: The PRA Toolbox and Community Workshops 10. Participatory Mapping Section 3: Fieldwork with Local Communities 11. Preparing for Fieldwork and Collecting and Managing Data in the Field 12. The Role of the Researcher 13. Ethical Issues in Research Section 4: Data Processing and Analysis 14. Processing and Analysis of Qualitative Data 15. Quantitative Analysis: Descriptive Statistics 16. Quantitative Analysis: Inferential Statistics Section 5: Writing Up, Dissemination and Follow-Up 17. Writing up the Report 18. Final Tasks: Dissemination and Follow-Up May 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-45791-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45792-7: £22.99
Elements of Ecological Economics provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of ecological economics, an interdisciplinary project trying to give answers to the problems related to the overexploitation of the earth’s resources today. These include the problems of global warming (the Greenhouse effect) and the overuse of the seas (e.g. overfishing). The book also gives an exposition of the closely related problems of global welfare and justice. The book covers topics including: • the general policy perspective required by sustainability • economic growth in a historical perspective • sustainability conceptions and measurement within ecological economics • economics and ethics of climate change • global food security • the state of the seas on earth and locally (Baltic Sea). As an introductory level text the book will be useful undergraduate students for basic courses in economics and related fields and be comprehensible by anyone interested in environmental problems. The separate chapters on the problems of climate change, sustainable food production and the over-use of the seas, the reader will easily see the practical relevance to the theoretical concepts presented and used in the book. Selected Contents: 1. The Global Ethical Trilemma 2. Economic Growth and Human Development 3. Ethics and Ecological Economics 4. Environmental Economics 5. Ecological Economics: The Science of Sustainability 6. The Economics and Ethics of Climate Change 7. Global Food Security 8. Man and the Seas: The Oceans and the Baltic Sea 9. Growth and Degrowth – Is Another Economy Possible? March 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47380-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47381-1: £32.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473811
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457927
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: History and Ecology 2. Primal Harmony 3. The Great Divorce of Culture and Nature 4. Ideas and Impacts 5. The Middle Ages 6. The Transformation of the Biosphere 7. Exploitation and Conservation 8. Modern Environmental Problems 9. Present and Future 10. Conclusion 2009: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-48149-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48150-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88575-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481502
FREE P&P Online! Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/geography and receive FREE postage & packaging* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
41
e n viro nm en tal studi e s an d ma n ag e me n t te x tbook s
42
NEW
NEW
NEW
3rd Edition
Forestry Economics
Water Resource Economics
A Managerial Approach
Theory, Institutions, and Applications
John E. Wagner, State University of New York, USA
Jeffrey Jordan, Jack E. Houston and Jeffrey D. Mullen, all at University of Georgia, USA
Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management David A. Anderson, Centre College, Kentucky, USA
The third edition of Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management retains the application-based narratives and visual emphasis of the second edition, while covering the latest policy initiatives, following recent trends, and becoming even more user friendly. An expanded array of color photographs, diagrams, and other visual aids provide new perspectives on global environmental and resource issues. The book covers topics including: • Efficiency and Cost-Benefit Analysis • Natural Resource Management • Globalization • Environmental Ethics • Population Growth and Poverty.
This fascinating textbook will be invaluable to students undertaking courses in environmental economics, ecological economics, and environmental and resource economics. The book includes an online Instructor’s Guide with answers to all the practice problems as well as downloadable slides of figures and tables from the book. Selected Contents: Part 1: Building a Foundation 1. The Big Picture 2. Efficiency and Choice 3. Market Failure 4. The Role of Government 5. Trade-Offs and the Economy Part 2: Issues and Approaches 6. Environmental Quality 7. Energy 8. Sustainability 9. Population, Poverty, and Economic Growth 10. Biodiversity and Valuation 11. International and Global Issues Part 3: Policy and Procedure 12. Perspectives on Environmental Policy 13. Natural Resource Management: Renewable Resources 14. Natural Resource Management: Depletable and Replenishable Resources 15. Environmental Dispute Resolution 16. Morals and Motivation
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics Forestry Economics introduce students and practitioners to all aspects of the management and economics of forestry. The book adopts the approach of managerial economics textbooks and applies this to the unique processes and problems faced by managers of forests. The book includes several distinguishing features: • whereas most books concentrate solely on production, this text also covers recreation and other aspects of forest management • international real world case studies that provide a clear view of how managerial decisions impact on the industry • a concentration on the nuts and bolts of decisionmaking, through use of cost-benefit analysis, supply and demand, capital budgeting and risk. The examples used come from the areas of outdoor and commercial recreation, wood products engineering, forest products and large scale timber production. Each section is underpinned by the question of how to use economic information to make better business decisions. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Production Function/System 2. Costs 3. Revenues 4. Profits 5. Demand and Supply 6. Market Equilibrium and Structure 7. Capital Theory: Investment Analysis 8. Capital Theory: The Forest Rotation Problem 9. Capital Theory: Risk 10. Forest Taxes 11. Assessment of Non-Market Outputs July 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-77440-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77476-5: £32.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774765
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics The most important issue facing how water is used and developed is that most basic of economic questions: how to allocate scarce resources among competing uses over time. Until recently, issues of supply and quality had dominated the literature on water. It was seen as a cheap commodity and analysts rarely considered the economic issues surrounding it. Today, people are more aware of water and the need for its effective management. As population pressures affect the demand for water across North America and throughout the world, more care and management of water resources is necessary. In short, there is a need to understand the economic issues of water. The cost of water is increasing, and new thresholds of water treatment will make the economics of water increasingly important. The purpose of this book is to develop an understanding of the role of economics in determining public policy toward water resources and to illustrate how basic economic principles can be applied to issues surrounding the allocation of water resources. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Economic Concepts of Water 2. Water Planning and Water Conflicts 3. The Physical Nature of Water: Confounding Water Planning 4. The Water Supply Industry 5. Water Institutions 6. The Demand for Water: Demand Theory, Elasticity and Projections 7. Dynamic Optimization, Risk and Uncertainty 8. Water Pricing and Allocation 9. Evaluating Water Projects 10. Financial Analysis of Water Systems 11. Water Marketing 12. Water Quality and Regulations 13. Future Issues and Directions July 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57477-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57478-5: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574785
January 2010: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-77904-3: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77905-0: £37.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779050
environment STUDIES and management textbooks – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Liberation Ecologies, 2nd Edition
Edited by Richard Peet and Michael Watts
2004
Hb: 978-0-415-31235-6 Pb: 978-0-415-31236-3 eBook: 978-0-203-23509-6
£110.00 £26.99
Exploring Environmental Issues: An Integrated Approach
David D. Kemp
2004
Hb: 978-0-415-26863-9 Pb: 978-0-415-26864-6
£110.00 £29.99
Environmental Management for Sustainable Development, Chris Barrow 2006 2nd Edition
Hb: 978-0-415-36534-5 Pb: 978-0-415-36535-2
£100.00 £27.99
Spaces of Sustainability: Mark Whitehead 2006 Geographical Perspectives on the Sustainable Society
Hb: 978-0-415-35803-3 Pb: 978-0-415-35804-0 eBook: 978-0-203-00409-8
£95.00 £23.99
Hb: 978-0-415-14589-3 Pb: 978-0-415-14590-9 eBook: 978-0-203-64598-7
£90.00 £23.50
Hb: 978-0-415-30485-6 Pb: 978-0-415-30486-3
£85.00 £23.99
Hb: 978-0-415-95827-1 Pb: 978-0-415-95829-5
£95.00 £23.00
Representing the Environment
John R. Gold and George Revill
2004
Energy, Society and Environment, 2nd Edition
David Elliott
2003
Sacred Ecology, 2nd Edition
Fikret Berkes
2008
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
e n viron men tal s tudi e s an d man ag e me n t te x tbo o k s
Routledge Introductions to Environment Series Series Edited by David Pepper, Oxford Brookes University, UK This series introduces core topics for environmental study and presents unparalleled interdisciplinary perspectives on issues of environmental concern. Focusing on human-environmental interrelationships, these concise, engaging, user-friendly texts respond particularly well to the demands of modular learning. Each text in the series features: • summaries of key concepts and contextual introductions to each topic • uniform, attractive, series design • informative diagrams illustrating key concepts and issues • annotated reading lists and end of chapter questions • lively global case studies boxed throughout the text.
NEW
NEW
NEW
Environment, Media and Communication
Environment and Economy
2nd Edition
Molly Scott Cato, University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK
Jane Roberts
Anders Hansen, University of Leicester, UK
’Anders Hansen has been following the environmentmedia-communication story with a sharp eye for nearly two decades. He gathers all that experience into this comprehensive but readable volume that is a great starting point for environment students wanting to get their heads around media and vice versa.’ – Joe Smith, The Open
University, UK Communication about ‘the environment’ in and through a broad array of news, advertising, art and entertainment media is one of the major sources of public and political understanding of definitions, issues and problems associated with the environment. Environment, Media and Communication examines the social, cultural and political roles of the media as a public arena for images, representations, definitions and controversy regarding the environment. Offering a comprehensive introduction to theoretical approaches and models for the study of media and communication roles regarding the environment, and drawing on empirical research evidence and examples from Europe, America, Australia and Asia, the book will be of interest to students in media/communication studies, geography, environmental studies, political science and sociology as wll as to environmental professionals and activists. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Communication and the Construction of Environmental Issues 3. Making Claims and Managing News About The Environment 4. The Environment as News: News Values, News Media and Journalistic Practices 5. Popular Culture, Nature and Environmental Issues 6. Selling ‘Nature/the Natural’: Advertising, Nature, National Identity, Nostalgia and the Environmental Image 7. Media, Publics, Politics and Environmental Issues
As environmental issues move to the centre of the political debate, more attention is being focused on the role our economy has played in creating the ecological crisis, and what a sustainable economy might look like. This book offers an insight into the history of thinking that has linked economy and environment including discussions of environmental economics, ecological economics, and green and socialist approaches to economics. Environment and Economy begins by introducing readers to the pioneers of this field, such as Fritz Schumacher and Paul Ehrlich, who first drew attention to the disastrous consequences for our environment of our ever-expanding economy. The second part of the book describes the main academic responses to the need to resolve the tension between economy and environment: environmental economics, ecological economics, green economics, and anti-capitalist economics. Part III is structured around key themes including an introduction to economic instruments such as taxes and regulation; pollution and resource depletion; growth; globalization vs. localisation; and climate change. Each key issues is approached from a range of different perspectives, and working policies are presented in detail. Selected Contents: Part 1: Setting the Scene 1. Introduction: An Economy within the Environment 2. The Whistle Blowers Part 2: Approaches to Resolving the Tensions 3. Neoclassical Economics 4. Environmental Economics 5. Ecological Economics 6. Green Economics 7. Anti-Capitalist Economics Part 3: Issues and Policies 8. A Range of Policy Approaches 9. Economic Growth 10. Resource Depletion 11. Pollution 12. Globalization vs. Localisation 13. Climate Change 14. Markets or Commons 15. Conclusion: Is it the Economy? Are we Stupid? July 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47740-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47741-3: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477413
May 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42575-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42576-6: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86001-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415425766
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Environmental Policy The second edition has been updated to take into account recent political developments, such as the 2008 US Presidential election, new publications such as the Stern Review, and developments in scientific knowledge, such as the 2007 IPCC Report. Within the overall context of sustainability principles, the book discusses the interaction between environmental and human systems. Environmental policy is proposed as a way to modify the operation of human systems that they function within environmental constraints. Key social scientific concepts (political, social and economic) are used to explain how effective environmental policies can be designed, implemented and evaluated. Environmental problems, the role of human beings in creating them, sustainable development and how this concept relates to environmental policy are all introduced. The book then considers environmental policy formulation, implementation and evaluation within three specific contexts: the firm, the nation state and at an international level, identifying a ’toolbox’ of environmental policy instruments and discussing their individual advantages and disadvantages Environmental Policy is a lively and accessible text with a multi-disciplinary perspective. Detailed and topical case studies, updated for this new edition and drawn from a range of international examples, are used throughout to illustrate key issues. Climate change is the dominant theme for case studies in the new edition, but examples also illustrate other environmental issues, international trade, tourism and human rights. It is well illustrated and includes chapter summaries and further reading. Selected Contents: 1. What’s the Problem? 2. The Roots of Environmental Problems 3. Sustainable Development and the Goals of Environmental Policy 4. Science and Technology: Policies and Paradoxes 5. Corporate Environmental Policy Making 6. Environmental Policy Making in Government 7. International Environmental Policy Making 8. Environmental Economics 9. Making Policy for the Environment July 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-49784-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49785-5: £20.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497855
43
e n viro nm en tal studi e s an d ma n ag e me n t te x tbook s
44
NEW
Environmental Values
Environment and Food
John O’Neill, University of Manchester, UK, Alan Holland, University of Lancaster, UK and Andrew Light, University of Washington, USA
Colin Sage, University College Cork, Eire During recent years we have seen growing concern about the origin, quality and safety of our food. This text provides an accessible yet comprehensive exploration of the ways in which the environment has shaped food production and consumption and is in turn impacted by these contemporary practices. Taking as its point of departure a concern for sustainability, this book first examines the ecological basis and evolution of agricultural production. It then goes on to describe the development of the modern food system and the powerful corporations that have come to dominate world trade and shape global consumption patterns. It then examines the regulatory environment that has grown in order to placate consumer anxieties in an age of ‘mad cows’ and GM food. Following a discussion of food governance, the final chapters of the book address the recovery of sustainability in the food system. Grounded throughout with global case studies it will be relevant for all students with an interest in the interrelationships between food, agriculture and environment. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Global Agri-Food System 3. The Ecological Basis of Primary Food Production 4. Global Challenges for Food Production 5. Food Transformation and Supply 6. Food Security: Issues and Challenges 7. Towards a More Sustainable Agri-Food System 8. Conclusions December 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-36311-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36312-9: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01346-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363129
’Environmental Values is an excellent book, easy to read, and relatively short.’ – Richard Haynes, Ecological Restoration, Vol. 26, No. 1
This book is a rigorous assessment of the ways in which the natural and cultural environments we inhabit are valued, offering a distinctive perspective on environmental ethics and policy-making that is sensitive to real life conflicts and dilemmas. Selected Contents: 1. Values and the Environment Part 1: Utilitarian Approaches to Environmental Decision Making 2. Human Well-Being and the Natural World 3. Consequentialism and its Critics 4. Equality, Justice and Environment 5. Value Pluralism, Value Commensurability and Environmental Choice Part 2: A New Environmental Ethic? 6. The Moral Considerability of the Non-Human World 7. Environment, Meta-Ethics and Intrinsic Value 8. Nature and the Natural Part 3: The Narratives of Nature 9. Nature and Narrative 10. Biodiversity: Biology as Biography 11. Sustainability and Human Well-Being 12. Public Decisions and Environmental Goods 2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-14508-4: £78.00 Pb: 978-0-415-14509-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49545-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415145091
Environment and Politics
See Also:
Timothy Doyle, University of Keele, UK and Doug McEachern, University of Western Australia
Environment and Tourism
See page 27 for more details
Environment and the City Peter Roberts, Joe Ravetz and Clive George See page 16 for more details
View any
product
online
Environment and Social Theory John Barry, Queens University Belfast, UK
This thematic rather than theorist centred approach is an essential guide to the way in which the environment and social theory relate to one another including examinations of the works of the key theorists including Marx, Mill, Habermas and Adorno.
Selected Contents: Introduction: The Environment and Social Theory 1. Nature, Environment and Social Theory 2. The Role of the Environment Historically within Social Theory 3. The Uses of Nature and the Non-Human World in Social Theory: Pre-Enlightenment and Enlightenment Accounts 4. Twentieth-Century Social Theory and the Non-Human World 5. Right-Wing Reactions to the Environment and Environmental Politics 6. Left-Wing Reactions to the Environment and Environmental Politics 7. Gender, the Non-Human World and Social Thought 8. The Environment and Economic Thought 9. Risk, Environment and Postmodernism 10. Ecology, Biology and Social Theory 11. Greening Social Theory 2006: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37617-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37616-7: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-94692-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415376167
Sustainable Development
3rd Edition
Andrew Holden
2nd Edition
Concise introduction to the study of environmental politics, explaining the key concepts, conflicts, political systems and the practices of policy-making. A diverse range of environmental problems and policy solutions are examined.
Selected Contents: 1. Politics and Environmental Studies 2. Political Theories and Environmental Conflict 3. Environmental Politics in Social Movements 4. Green Non-Governmental Organisations 5. Political Parties and the Environment 6. Business Politics and the Environment 7. Institutional Politics and Policy Making: The Greening of Administration 8. The Global Dimension to Environmental Politics. Conclusion: Environment and Politics
Susan Baker, Cardiff University, UK Providing an up-to-date, comprehensive treatment of the issues surrounding the promotion of sustainable development, this unique, internationally focused book combines strong conceptual analyses, with an empirical focus and a wealth of case material. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Concept of Sustainable Development 2. Global Governance and the United Nations Environmental Summits 3. Key Global Concerns: Climate Change and Biodiversity Management 4. The Local Level: LA21 and Public Participation 5. High Consumption Societies: The Responsibilities of the European Union 6. Challenges in the Third World 7. Changing Times: The Countries in Transition in Eastern Europe. Conclusion: The Promotion of Sustainable Development: What Has Been Achieved? 2005: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-28210-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28211-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49593-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415282116
2007: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-38052-2: £68.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38051-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93297-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415380515
using the urls below each listing
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
env iron me n tal studi es an d man ag e me n t s uppl e me n tary r e adi n g
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT SUPPLEMENTARY READING NEW
NEW
Adaptation to Climate Change
5th Edition
A Progressive Vision of Human Security
Susan Wolf, University of Northumbria, UK and Neil Stanley, University of Leeds, UK
Mark Pelling, Kings College London, UK
Reframing adaptation as a progressive act, while acknowledging the challenges to this agenda, requires a strong foundation in philosophy and a grounding in the political reality and life experiences of those at risk. The book has its roots in an egalitarian moral philosophy of development and interprets politics as the competition and collaboration of actors from the household to international organisations. Key contexts for the playing out of adaptation politics have so far been largely ignored by climate change community which has to date focussed primarily on natural resource users and the rural economy. In contrast this book focuses on urban contexts, tensions between national and local security and the ways in which organisations themselves can adapt to enhance development chances for people at risk. A wealth of case study evidence is used to identify the principles upon which a progressive agenda for adaptation to climate change is already being built and might be accelerated through local, national and international policy. Two core messages resonate throughout the text. First that proactive adaptation greatly increases the success of post-event reactive adaptation. Second that development and humanitarian actors need to work much more closely together if we are to move from a defensive to a progressive engagement with climate change. April 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47750-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47751-2: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477512
Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law Detailed yet readable, Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law provides a succinct and accessible account of pollution control law in England and Wales. Written with the needs of both law and non-law (for example, those studying environmental management degrees, environmental science degrees) students firmly in mind Wolf and Stanley’s authoritative textbook is an invaluable interactive learning and revision resource for students. Learning is supported by a range of pedagogical features, including case studies, practice exam questions, answer plans and comprehensive lists of online sources of information as well as a regularly updated Companion Website. Features new to this edition include: • revised text design • chapter overviews highlighting the salient features under discussion • chapter learning objectives • critical summaries and workshops at the end of each chapter • case ‘vignettes’ at the end of each chapter • improved further reading suggestions • provision of web links for primary and secondary legislation (regulations), case reports and policy documents • coverage of the Waste and Trading Emissions Act 2003, the Water Act 2003, the Household Waste Recycling Act 2003, the Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005, and the Hazardous Waste Regulations 2005 • coverage of the EC Environmental Liability Directive and the Aarhus Convention and the Environmental Information Regulations 2004. This book is an essential resource for all those studying environmental law and environmental studies. Selected Contents: Elements of Environmental Law. The Administration and Enforcement of Environmental Law. European Community Environmental Law and Policy. Water Pollution. Waste Management. Integrated Pollution Control and Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control. Contaminated Land. Atmospheric Pollution. Statutory Nuisance. Noise Pollution. The Private Regulation of Environmental Pollution: The Common Law. The Private Regulation of Environmental Pollution: The Public Concern. Private Prosecution. Judicial Review. Access to Information and Human Rights June 2010: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-41846-1: £26.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415418461
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT SUPPLEMENTARY READING – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Edited by Nik Heynen, James McCarthy, 2007 Scott Prudham and Paul Robbins
Neoliberal Environments: False Promises and Unnatural Consequences
International Business and Global Climate Change
Jonatan Pinkse and Ans Kolk
2008
Cities and Climate Change
Michelle Betsill and Harriet Bulkeley
2002
The Complete Guide to Climate Change
Brian Dawson and Matt Spannagle
2008
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
Format & ISBN
Price
Hb: 978-0-415-77148-1 Pb: 978-0-415-77149-8 eBook: 978-0-203-94684-8
£95.00 £25.99
Hb: 978-0-415-41552-1 Pb: 978-0-415-41553-8
£80.00 £24.99
Hb: 978-0-415-27379-4 Pb: 978-0-415-35916-0 eBook: 978-0-203-21925-6
£100.00 £26.99
Hb: 978-0-415-47789-5 Pb: 978-0-415-47790-1 eBook: 978-0-203-88846-9
£65.00 £17.99
45
e n viro nm en tal studi e s an d ma n ag e me n t r e s e arc h
46
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT RESEARCH Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics Series NEW
Climate Change and Forest Resources
NEW
NEW
Participation in Environmental Organizations
Economic Growth and Environmental Regulation
Benno Torgler, Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Maria A. Garcia-Valiñas, Universidad de Oviedo, Spain and Alison Macintyre, Queensland University of Technology, Australia
China’s Path to a Brighter Future
Brent Sohngen and Robert O. Mendelsohn, Yale University, USA
This book discusses important scientific and policy relevant information about climate change and global forests. It examines the links between greenhouse gases and forests, the social impacts of climate-induced forest changes and the policies to use forests to sequester carbon.
This book analyzes the determinants of environmental participation and its consequences in different parts of the world, focusing on whose values are forwarded through voluntary activities and how far voluntary participation is representative.
June 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44631-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415446310
May 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77060-6: £70.00
NEW
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415770606
The Cooperation Challenge of Economics and the Protection of Water Supplies
NEW
Climate Change and the Private Sector Managing Climate Risks and Financing Carbon Neutral Energy Infrastructure Craig Hart This book contributes to new areas of research by examining the role of the private sector in addressing the challenges of climate change. November 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77475-8: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774758
A Case Study of the New York City Watershed Collaboration Joan Hoffman, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA This book identifies many barriers to achieving the cooperation necessary to solving our water problems and discusses how watershed collaborations are a means to overcoming those barriers. Historical experience and lessons from other watershed collaborations informed the design of New York City’s complex watershed collaboration which is shown to contain the elements of a ’green milieu’ that can foster sustainable economic development. The particular challenges to the collaboration’s environmental and economic goals created by the watershed’s rural economy, farming and forestry are described. The unusual inclusion of the analysis of the economic aspects and effects of collaboration, of the relationship between collaboration and sustainable development, and of the processes of implementation and conflict make this book especially valuable to those interested in collaboration, regulation, environmental cooperation and conflict, watershed protection, economic development in general, and sustainable economic development in particular.
Edited by Timothy Swanson, University College London, UK and Tun Lin, Asian Development Bank, Philippines This volume assembles a group of eminent scholars to look at the problem of growth and environment from the perspective of environmental regulation. The questions addressed are: How does economic growth interact with regulation, and what are the best approaches to regulation in use today? The context for the volume is the current situation in China, where twenty years of rapid growth have created a situation in which there are both demands for environmental regulation and needs for choosing a future development path. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Tun Lin and Tim Swanson Part A: Growth and Environmental Regulation 2. The Problem of Growth and Environment: The Case of China Pei Xiaofei and Xia Guang 3. Growth and Environment: The EKC in China Yi Jiang, Tun Lin and Juzhong Zhuang 4. Growth and Environmental Regulation: International Experiences Tim Swanson Part B: Growth and Environmental Management: China’s Experiences 5. Air Pollution Management: China’s Experience Hao Jemin 6. Water Pollution Management: China’s Experience Meng Wei 7. Ecosystem Management: China’s Experience Gao Jixi Part C: Pathways to a Brighter Future? International Experiences in Environmental Regulation 8. Air Pollution Management: International Experiences Haakon Vennemo 9. Water Pollution Management: International Experiences Ben Groom 10. Ecosystem Management: International Experiences Andreas Kontoleon Part D: Institutional Development for a Regulated Environment 11. Institutional Development: The Case of China Dong Keyong 12. Institutional Development: International Experiences Timo Goeschl 13. Cross-Cutting Issues in Environmental Regulation Jim Salzman 14. Conclusions: China’s Path to a Brighter Future Tun Lin, Jim Salzman and Tim Swanson December 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-55127-4: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551274
March 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77470-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774703
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
en viron m e n tal s tudi e s an d man ag e me n t r e s e a rc h
NEW
NEW
NEW
Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural Resources
New Perspectives on Agri-environmental Policies
Ecology, Economics and Policies
Environmental Efficiency, Innovation and Economic Performance
Edited by Thomas Köllner, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Sweden
Anna Montini, University of Bologna, Italy and Massimiliano Mazzanti, University of Ferrara, Italy
The aim of this book is to show how the increase in international trade of biophysical commodities can damage global ecosystems and their services, how those damages can be accounted for in Life Cycle Assessment and Green National Accounting and how instruments in the public and private sector can help to achieve a more sustainable global trade. The focus is on the global ecosystem impact of traded products due to land use, freshwater use and use of marine environments.
Edited by Stephan J. Goetz, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Floor Brouwer, LEI-DLO Agricultural Economics Research Institute, the Netherlands
June 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48583-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485838
NEW
Environmental Amenities and Regional Economic Development Edited by Todd L. Cherry, Appalachian State University, USA and Dan Rickman, Oklahoma State University, USA
A Multidisciplinary and Transatlantic Approach
This book provides a fully integrated study of the links between environmental efficiencies, economic performances and innovation. Environmental policy is acknowledged as a major driver of innovation, as well as changes made within firms, traditional market-based factors and evolutionary effects.
Selected Contents: 1. Environmental Innovation, Firm Strategies and Economic Performances: Microeconomic Evidence for Manufacturing and Services 2. Environmental Efficiency and Economic Efficiency: Evidence at Sector Level 3. Delinking, Environmental Efficiency and Economic Drivers at Macroeconomic Level May 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47852-6: £75.00
Selected Contents: 1. Environmental Amenities and Regional Economic Development 2. Moving to Nice Weather 3. The Rise of the Sunbelt 4. The Role of Amenities and Quality of Life in Rural Economic Growth 5. Population Growth in High-Amenity Rural Areas: Does it Bring Socioeconomic Benefits for Long-Term Residents 6. Natural Amenities and Rural Employment Growth: A Sector Analysis 7. Recasting the Creative Class to Examine Growth Processes in Rural and Urban Counties 8. An Analysis of Regional Economic Growth in the US Midwest 9. Public Conservation Land and Employment Growth in the Northern Forest Region 10. The Geographic Diversity of US Nonmetropolitan Growth Dynamics: A Geographically Weighted Regression Approach 11. Voting with Their Feet: Jobs versus Amenities 12. Population Growth in European Cities: Weather Matters – But Only Nationally 13: Combining Nature Conservation and Residential Development in the Netherlands, England and Spain
Caterina De Lucia, University of York, UK
A Computable General Equilibrium model for Transboundary Pollution and Trade This book presents, through the use of Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) modelling, a quantitative analysis of the effects of alterations in environmental and trade taxation for the new member countries of the European Union. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Critical Assessment of Integration of Environmental Policies 3. Introduction to a CGE Model for an Enlarged Europe 4. Policy Simulation Exercise and Results 5. Policy Discussion 6. Conclusion 7. Bibliography April 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49814-2: £75.00
October 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77702-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86780-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777025
Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy, Demography, and the Environment
NEW
Environmental Policies in the New Europe
Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Current Relations Between Agriculture and Environment Part 2: New Perspectives on Modelling Agri-Environmental Relations Part 3: The Scope for Emerging Policies
NEW
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478526
Rising US income and wealth in recent decades have fueled an increase in consumption demand for environmental amenities. Many observers and researchers have argued that this at least in part underlies current differentials in economic growth across regions. This collection of key articles addresses the issues and more.
Significant advances have occurred in recent years in Europe and in North America in addressing agri-environmental policies, but whilst important institutional and legal differences still exist between the two continents, the sharing of recent scientific advances will benefit scientists on both sides of the Atlantic. This is the main purpose of this book.
Edited by Raouf Boucekkine, Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium, Natali Hritonenko, Prairie View AandM University, USA and Yuri Yatsenko, Houston Baptist University, USA This book covers a wide range of topics in mathematical modelling of interlinked economic, technological and environmental processes. The main unifying theme of the book is the integration of applied mathematical models that describe and optimize the mutual impact of economy, demography, technological change, and the environment on global, regional and local levels. May 2010: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77651-6: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776516
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498142
November 2009: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48607-1: £120.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486071
Full Table of Contents For a full table of contents on all titles featured in this catalogue, visit: www.routledge.com/geography
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
47
e n viro nm en tal studi e s an d ma n ag e me n t r e s e arc h
48
NEW
NEW
NEW
Bioregionalism and Global Ethics
Carbon Responsibility and Embodied Emissions
Transitions to Sustainable Development
A Transactional Approach to Achieving Ecological Sustainability, Social Justice, and Human Well-Being
Theory and Measurement
New Directions in the Study of Long Term Transformative Change
Richard Evanoff, Aoyama Gakuin University, Japan This book suggests that current trends towards globalization are creating entirely new social and environmental problems which require cross-cultural dialogue towards the creation of a new ’global ethic.’ Current models of development are based on an implicit global ethic which advocates bringing everyone in the world up to the same standards of living as those prevalent in the so-called ’developed’ countries through unlimited economic growth. Evanoff argues that this goal is not only unattainable but also undesirable because it ultimately undermines the ability of the environment to sustain both human and non-human flourishing, exacerbates rather than overcomes social inequalities both within and between cultures, and fails to achieve genuine human well-being for all but a wealthy minority. An alternative bioregional global ethic is proposed which seeks to maximize ecological sustainability, social justice, and human well-being through the creation of economically self-sufficient and politically decentralized communities delinked from the global market, but confederated at appropriate levels to address problems that transcend cultural borders. Such an ethic is based on a transactional view of the relationship between self, society, and nature, which attempts to create more symbiotic and less conflictual modes of interaction between human cultures and natural environments, while promoting the flourishing of both. Instead of a single monolithic global ethic, bioregionalism suggests that there should be sufficient convergence between cultures to allow for the successful resolution of mutual problems, but also sufficient divergence to enable the continued evolution of both biological and cultural diversity on a global scale. July 2010: 6 x 9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87479-3: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874793
João F.D. Rodrigues, Instituto Superior Técnico, Lisbon, Portugal, Tiago M.D. Domingos and Alexandra P.S. Marques, Instituto Superior Técnico (IST), Lisbon, Portugal Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics
John Grin, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Jan Rotmans, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands and Johan Schot, Technische Universiteit Eindhoven, the Netherlands
This book investigates environmental indicators accounting for indirect emissions (as embodied in international trade) within the framework of input-output analysis and introduces an indicator of environmental responsibility derived from consumer and producer responsibility, i.e. upstream emissions embodied in final demand and downstream emissions embodied in primary inputs.
There has been a growing concern about the social and environmental risks which have come along with the progress achieved through a variety of mutually intertwined modernization processes. This book addresses how to understand the dynamics and governance of long term transformative change towards sustainable development.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Accounting Indirect Emissions 3. Carbon Indicators 4. Carbon Responsibility 5. Multi-Regional IO Model 6. Carbon Responsibility of World Regions 7. Discussion
December 2009: 6 x 9: 443pp Hb: 978-0-415-87675-9: £30.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85659-8
Series: Routledge Studies in Sustainability Transitions
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415876759
March 2010: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-47020-9: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415470209
International Journal of Biodiversity Science, Ecosystem Services & Management www.tandf.co.uk/journals/tbsm
Journal of Environmental Planning and Management www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cjep
Journal of Integrative Environmental Science
See Also: Handbook of Urban Ecology
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/nems
Edited by Ian Douglas, David Goode, Mike Houck and Rusong Wang
International Journal of Environmental Studies
See page 25 for more details
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/genv
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES and MANAGEMENT research and reference – BACKLISt Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Ecological Economics, 4 Volume Set
Edited by Clive Spash
2009
Hb: 978-0-415-43145-3
£650.00
Community, Environment and Local Governance in Indonesia: Locating the commonweal
Edited by Carol Warren and John F. McCarthy
2008
Hb: 978-0-415-43610-6
£75.00
Drivers of Environmental Change in Uplands
Aletta Bonn, Tim Allott, Klaus Hubacek 2008 and Jon Stewart
Hb: 978-0-415-44779-9 Pb: 978-0-415-56408-3 eBook: 978-0-203-88672-4
£90.00 £20.00
Water and Disasters
Edited by Chennat Gopalakrishnan and Norio Okada
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-45426-1
£70.00
Water, Sovereignty and Borders in Asia and Oceania
Edited by Devleena Ghosh, Heather Goodall and Stephanie Hemelryk Donald
2008
Hb: 978-0-415-43726-4
£85.00
On Landscapes
Susan Herrington
2008
Hb: 978-0-415-99124-7 Pb: 978-0-415-99125-4
£55.00 £12.99
2009
Hb: 978-1-85743-377-7
£310.00
2004
Hb: 978-1-57958-436-8
£340.00
The Environment Encyclopedia and Directory 2010, Europa Publications 5th Edition Encyclopedia of the Arctic, 3 Volume Set
Edited by Mark Nuttall
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
ph ys ical g e og r aphy te x tbo o k s
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY TEXTBOOKS
5th Edition
9th Edition
Environmental Hazards
Atmosphere, Weather and Climate
Assessing Risk and Reducing Disaster Keith Smith, University of Stirling, UK, (Emeritus) and David N. Petley, Durham University, UK
Roger G. Barry, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Richard J. Chorley
4th Edition
Fundamentals of the Physical Environment Peter Smithson, University of Sheffield, UK, Ken Addison, University of Oxford, UK and University of Wolverhampton, UK and Ken Atkinson, University of Leeds, UK
NEW
Taking a systems approach, it demonstrates how the various factors operating at Earth’s surface can and do interact, and how landscape can be used to decipher them. The nature of the earth, its atmosphere and its oceans, the main processes of geomorphology and key elements of ecosystems are also all explained.
This fourth edition includes: • a new section on the history and study of physical geography • an updated and strengthened chapter on climate change and a strengthened section on the work of the wind • a revised chapter on crysosphere systems – glaciers, ice and permafrost • a new chapter on the principles of environmental reconstruction • a new joint chapter on polar and alpine environments • a key new joint chapter on current environmental change and future environments • new material on the Earth System and cycling of carbon and nutrients • themed boxes highlighting processes, systems, applications, new developments and human impacts. A support website can be found at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415395168 with discussion and essay questions, chapter summaries and extended case studies. Selected Contents: Part 1: Fundamentals 1. The Physical Environment: Scientific Concepts and Methods 2 . Energy and Earth Part 2: Atmosphere 3. Heat and Energy in the Atmosphere 4. Moisture in the Atmosphere 5. Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 6. The Atmosphere in Action 7. Weather-Forming Systems 8. Micro and Local Climates 9. Climate Change Part 3: Geosphere 10. Earth’s Geological Structure and Processes 11. The Global Ocean 12. Rock Formation and Deformation 13. Denudation, Weathering and Mass Wasting 14. Fluvial Systems: Catchments and Rivers 15. Cryosphere Systems: Glaciers, Ice and Permafrost 16. Aeolian Systems 17. Global Coastlines Part 4: Biosphere 18. Soils in their Environment 19. Soil Fertility and Sustainability 20. Principles of Biogeography 21. The Earth System and the Cycling of Carbon and Nutrients 22. Biodiversity in Ecosystems Part 5: Environments 23. Environmental Reconstruction: Principles and Practice 24. Polar and Alpine Environments 25. Mediterranean Environments 26. Tropical Deserts and Semi-Arid Environments 27. Humid Tropical Environments 28. Current and Future Environmental Change
This book presents a comprehensive introduction to weather processes and climatic conditions around the world, their observed variability and changes, and projected future trends. Extensively revised and updated, this ninth edition retains its tried and tested structure while incorporating recent advances in the field. From clear explanations of the basic physical and chemical principles of the atmosphere, to descriptions of regional climates and their changes, the book presents a comprehensive coverage of global meteorology and climatology. New features include: • extended and updated treatment of atmospheric models • final chapter on climate variability and change has been completely rewritten to take account of the IPCC 2007 scientific assessment
• over 360 diagrams have been redrawn in full colour to improve clarity and aid understanding. Atmosphere, Weather and Climate continues to be an indispensable source for all those studying the earth’s atmosphere and world climate, whether from environmental and earth sciences, geography, ecology, agriculture, hydrology, or related disciplinary perspectives. Its pedagogic value is enhanced by several features: learning points at the opening of each chapter and discussion topics at their ending, boxes on topical subjects and on twentieth century advances in the field. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and History of Meteorology and Climatology 2. Atmospheric Composition, Mass and Structure 3. Solar Radiation and the Global Energy Budget 4. Atmospheric Moisture Budget 5. Atmospheric Instability, Cloud Formation and Precipitation Processes 6. Atmospheric Motion: Principles 7. Planetary-Scale Motions in the Atmosphere and Ocean 8. Modelling the Atmospheric Circulation and Climate 9. Mid-latitude Synoptic Systems 10. Weather and Climate in Temperate and High Latitudes 11. Tropical Weather and Climate 12. Boundary Layer Climates 13. Climate Change
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465700
2008: 8-1/2 x 11: 792pp Hb: 978-0-415-39514-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39516-8: £33.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395168
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
In this extensively revised edition: • an entirely new and innovative chapter explains how modern-day complexity contributes to the generation of hazard and risk • additional material supplies fresh perspectives on landslides, biophysical hazards and the increasingly important role of global-scale processes • the increased use of boxed sections allows a greater focus on significant generic issues and offers more opportunity to examine a carefully selected range of up-to-date case studies
• new four-colour text design featuring over thirty colour plates
October 2009: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 536pp Hb: 978-0-415-46569-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46570-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87102-7
The expanded fifth edition of Environmental Hazards provides a balanced overview of all the major rapid-onset events that threaten people and what they value in the twenty-first century. It integrates cutting-edge material from the physical and social sciences to demonstrate how natural and human systems interact to place communities of all sizes, and at all stages of economic development, at risk. It also shows how the existing losses to life and property can be reduced.
• each chapter now concludes with an annotated list of key resources, including further reading and relevant websites. Environmental Hazards is a well-written and generously illustrated introduction to all the natural, social and technological events that combine to cause death and destruction across the globe. This authoritative, yet accessible, book captures both the complexity and dynamism of environmental hazards and has become essential reading for students of every kind seeking to understand the nature and consequences of a most important contemporary issue. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of Hazard 1. Hazard in the Environment 2. Dimensions of Disaster 3. Complexity 4. Risk Assessment and Management 5. Reducing the Impacts of Disaster Part 2: The Experience and Reduction of Hazard 6. Tectonic Hazards – Earthquakes 7. Tectonic Hazards – Volcanoes 8. Mass Movement Hazards 9. Severe Storm Hazards 10. Biophysical Hazards 11. Hydrological Hazards – Floods 12. Technological Hazards 13. Context Hazards 14. Postscript 2009: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-42863-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42865-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88480-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415428651
Order Yours Today! For simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/geography Or use the order form at the back of this catalogue.
49
p hy sical ge ography tex tbooks
50
2nd Edition
3rd Edition
2nd Edition
Coastal Systems
Land, Water and Development
Fundamentals of Hydrology
Sustainable and Adaptive Management of Rivers
Series: Routledge Fundamentals of Physical Geography
Simon Haslett, University of Wales Newport, UK Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment
Coastal Systems offers a concise introduction to the processes, landforms, ecosystems and management of this important global environment. New to the second edition is a greater emphasis on the role of high-energy events, such as storms and tsunamis, which have manifested themselves with catastrophic effects in recent years. There is also a new concluding chapter, and updated guides to the ever-growing coastal literature. Each chapter is illustrated and furnished with topical case studies from around the world. Introductory chapters establish the importance of coasts, and explain how they are studied within a systems framework. Subsequent chapters explore the role of waves, tides, rivers and sea-level change in coastal evolution. Students will benefit from summary points, themed boxes, engaging discussion questions and new graded annotated guides to further reading at the end of each chapter. Additionally, a comprehensive glossary of technical terms and an extensive bibliography are provided. The book is highly illustrated with diagrams and original plates. The comprehensive balance of illustrations and academic thought provides a well balanced view between the role of coastal catastrophes and gradual processes, also examining the impact humans and society have and continue to have on the coastal environment.
Selected Contents: 1. Coastal Systems: Definition, Energy and Classification 2. Wave-Dominated Coastal Systems 3. Tidally-Dominated Coastal Systems 4. River-Dominated Coastal Systems 5. Sea-Level and the Changing Land-Sea Interface 6. Coastal Management Issues 7. Conclusion 2008: 6-3/4 x 9-3/4: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44061-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44060-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89320-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415440608
Tim Davie, Landcare Research, New Zealand
Fundamentals of Hydrology is an accessible introduction to the study of hydrology at university level. It presents the hydrological processes, techniques used to assess water resources and an up-to-date overview of hydrological management using examples and case studies from around the world.
Malcolm Newson, Geography Department, Newcastle University, UK
Throughout, its two major messages are that our new philosophy should be one of ‘humans in the ecosystem’ and that the guidance from science, being uncertain and contested, must be operationalized in a participatory system of governance based on participation. Following a review of progress towards these elements in the developed world, the international case studies update the situation in the developing world following the Millennium Development Goals, our new emphasis on poverty and on global food supplies. This book covers the multitude of scientific research findings, development of ‘tools’ and spatial/temporal scale challenges which have emerged in the last decade. Tensions are highlighted in the current and future role of large dams, country studies are retained (and considerably updated) and development contexts are explored in greater depth as a dividing line in capacity to cope with land and water stress.
Selected Contents: 1. Hydrology as a Science 2. Precipitation 3. Evaporation 4. Storage 5. Runoff 6. Streamflow Analysis and Modelling 7. Water Quality 8. Water Resource Management in a Changing World. Glossary. References. Index 2008: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-39986-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39987-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93366-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399876
Selected Contents: 1. A ‘World Water Crisis’? The History and Current Trajectory of Water Management 2. The River Basin (Eco)System: Biophysical Dynamics, ‘Natural’ and ‘Compromised’ 3. Land-Water Interactions: The Evidence Base for Catchment Planning and Management 4. Managing Land, Water and Rivers in the Developed World: An International Survey 5. River Basins and Development: Sample Trajectories 6. Technical Issues in River Basin Management 7. Institutional Issues in River Basin Management: Stasis and Change in England and Wales 8. Sustainable River Basin Management With Uncertain Knowledge 9. Adaptive Land and Water Management: Through Participation and Social Learning to Hydropolitical Decisions? Postscript 2008: 6-1/4 x 9-1/4: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-41945-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41946-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89191-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419468
physical geography textbooks – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Fundamentals of Biogeography, 2nd Edition
Richard John Huggett
2004
Hb: 978-0-415-32346-8 Pb: 978-0-415-32347-5
£110.00 £30.99
Hb: 978-0-415-17004-8 Pb: 978-0-415-17005-5
£110.00 £28.99
Hb: 978-0-415-27953-6 Pb: 978-0-415-27954-3 eBook: 978-0-203-49848-4
£85.00 £25.99
Fundamentals of Soils
John Gerrard
2000
Science, Philosophy and Physical Geography
Robert Inkpen
2004
Glaciers
Peter Knight
1999
Pb: 978-0-7487-4000-0
£29.99
Ecosystems, 2nd Edition
Gordon Dickinson and Kevin Murphy
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-33278-1 Pb: 978-0-415-33279-8 eBook: 978-0-203-40137-8
£75.00 £21.99
Hb: 978-0-415-34299-5 Pb: 978-0-415-34300-8 eBook: 978-0-203-48228-5
£75.00 £21.99
Hb: 978-0-415-19887-5 Pb: 978-0-415-19888-2 eBook: 978-0-203-97728-6
£90.00 £20.99
Biodiversity and Conservation, 2nd Edition
Michael J. Jeffries
2005
Using Statistics to Understand the Environment
Penny A. Cook and P. Wheater
2000
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
physical geography supplementary readi ng
Fundamentals of Fluvial Geomorphology Ro Charlton, National University of Ireland
Fundamentals of Fluvial Geomorphology is an indispensable introductory text for first and second year undergraduates. It provides readers with a clear understanding of how the fluvial system operates at different spatial and temporal scales.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Fluvial System 3. The Flow Regime 4. Sediment Sources 5. Large-Scale Sediment Transfer 6. Flow in Channels 7. Processes of Erosion, Transport and Deposition 8. Channel Form and Behaviour 9. System Response to Change 10. Managing River Channels
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY SUPPLEMENTARY READING
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY RESEARCH and REFERENCE
Physical Geography: The Key Concepts
NEW
Richard John Huggett, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides
Physical Geography: The Key Concepts provides extended definitions of terms that are fundamental to physical geography and its many branches, covering topics ranging from ecology to geomorphology. Complete with informative tables, diagrams, and suggestions for further reading, this is a highly accessible guide for those studying physical geography and related courses.
2007: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-33453-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33454-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-37108-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415334549
2nd Edition
Fundamentals of Geomorphology Richard Huggett, University of Manchester, UK
This extensively revised and updated second edition of Fundamentals of Geomorphology presents an engaging and comprehensive introduction to geomorphology, exploring the world’s landforms from a broad systems perspective. It reflects the latest developments in the field and includes new chapters on geomorphic materials and processes, hillslopes and changing landscapes. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introducing Landforms and Landscapes 1. What is Geomorphology? 2. The Geomorphic System 3. Geomorphic Materials and Processes Part 2: Structure 4. Large-Scale Tectonic and Structural Landforms 5. Small-Scale Tectonic and Structural Landforms Part 3: Process and Form 6. Weathering and Related Landforms 7. Hillslopes 8. Karst Landscapes 9. Fluvial Landscapes 10. Glacial and Glaciofluvial Landscapes 11. Periglacial Landscapes 12. Aeolian Landscapes 13. Coastal Landscapes Part 4: History 14. Quaternary Landscapes 15. Ancient Landscapes 2007: 7-1/2 x 9-3/4: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-39083-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39084-2: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94711-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415390842
physica l geography research and reference
2009: 5-1/2 x 8-1/2: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45207-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45208-3: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87567-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452083
Advanced Geoinformation Science Edited by Chaowei Yang, David Wong, Qianjun Miao and Ruixin Yang, all at George Mason University, USA Geoinformation Science today, encompasses more than just traditional technologies such as remote sensing, GIS, and supporting disciplines. As the science continues to become more multidisciplinary, the literature remains compartmentalized according to the traditional disciplinary boundaries. This book fills the gaps in the literature by capturing recent developments in GeoInformation Science. The authors explain how advanced technology and concepts play a significant role in recent advancements. The text provides overviews of the subjects, discusses the current state of the science and technology, and highlights the future directions and developments. July 2010: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4: 608pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1060-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1061-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439810606
NEW ROUTLEDGE
Are there some elusive titles you’ve been searching for but thought you’d never be able to find? Well this may be the end of your quest. We now offer a fantastic opportunity to discover past brilliance and purchase previously out of print and unavailable titles by some of the greatest academic scholars of the last 120 years. Routledge Revivals is an exciting new programme whereby key titles from the distinguished and extensive backlists of the many acclaimed imprints associated with Routledge are re-issued. The programme draws upon the backlists of Kegan Paul, Trench & Trubner, Routledge & Kegan Paul, Methuen, Allen & Unwin and Routledge itself. Routledge Revivals spans the whole of the Humanities and Social Sciences, and includes works by scholars such as Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Simone Weil and Martin Buber.
F O R M O R E I N F O R M AT I O N Please email us at reference@routledge.com or visit: www.routledge.com/books/series/Routledge_Revivals
GeoHydroinformatics Integrating GIS and Water Engineering Edited by Suchith Anand, University of Nottingham, UK, Mark Ware, University of Glamorgan, UK, Mike Jackson, University of Nottingham, UK, Kalanithy Vairavamoorthy and Robert J. Abrahart, University of Nottingham, UK To say that the rapid emergence of GIS has revolutionized water engineering is no exaggeration. GIS has proven to be especially useful when looking at what if scenarios and for developing complex simulation models. GeoHydroinformatics: Integrating GIS and Water Engineering is the first volume to answer the need for an authoritative resource that provides quick access to advances in GIS as they relate to various water engineering schemes. Presenting the pioneering work of leading experts in GIS and hydroinformatics, this book is for those developing GIS and Land Based Systems applications as well as for water scientists and engineers, especially those working as water network modelers. July 2010: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5120-9: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-5121-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420051209
www.routledge.com
Routledge Revival Ad 216x138.indd 1
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
9/6/09 10:52:43
51
p hy sical ge ography rese arch an d r e f e r e n c e
52
NEW
NEW
Advances in Environmental Remote Sensing
Principles of Modeling Uncertainties in Spatial Data and Spatial Analyses
Sensors, Algorithms, and Applications Edited by Qihao Weng, Indiana State University, Terre Haute, USA October 2010: 7 x 10: 850pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9175-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9181-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420091755
NEW 2nd Edition
Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology Edited by John D. Bossler, The Ohio State University, Dublin, USA, Robert B. McMaster, Chris Rizos and James B. Campbell, The Ohio State University, Dublin, USA Focusing on practical aspects of the global positioning, remote sensing, and geographic information systems, this comprehensive manual provides the basic mathematics, computer science, and physics needed to understand how these technologies are used for mapping, inventory, and data conversion. The text presents real-world applications of these technologies, including road map navigation using GPS, as well as problems associated with mapping, inventory of land parcels, and data analysis. Contributions from widely known experts in these fields address such topics as coordinate systems, coordinate transformations, computer architecture, operating systems, and database structures. March 2010: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4: 868pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8733-8: £121.00
Annals of the Association of American Geographers www.tandf.co.uk/journals/raag
Journal of Land Use Science
Wenzhong Shi, The Hong Kong Polytech University
When compared to classical sciences such as math, with roots in prehistory, and physics, with roots in antiquity, geographical information science (GISci) is the new kid on the block. Its theoretical foundations are therefore still developing and data quality and uncertainty modeling for spatial data and spatial analysis is an important branch of that theory. Principles of Modeling Uncertainties in Spatial Data and Spatial Analyses outlines the foundational principles and supplies a firm grasp of the disciplines’ theoretical underpinnings. The book summarizes the principles of modeling uncertainty of spatial data and spatial analysis, and then introduces the developed methods for handling uncertainties in spatial data and modeling uncertainties in spatial models. Building on this foundation, the book goes on to explore modeling uncertainties in spatial analyses and describe methods for presentation of data as quality information. Progressing from basic to advanced topics, the organization of the contents reflects the four major theoretical breakthroughs in uncertainty modeling: advances in spatial object representation, uncertainty modeling for static spatial data to dynamic spatial analyses, uncertainty modeling for spatial data to spatial models, and error description of spatial data to spatial data quality control.
www.tandf.co.uk/journals/tlus
Geocarto International www.tandf.co.uk/journals/tgei
Journal of Location Based Services www.tandf.co.uk/journals/tlbs
International Journal of Digital Earth www.tandf.co.uk/journals/tjde
Polar Geography www.tandf.co.uk/journals/tpog
See Also: Handbook of Urban Ecology Edited by Ian Douglas, David Goode, Mike Houck and Rusong Wang See page 25 for more details
September 2009: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4: 432pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5927-4: £82.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420059274
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420087338
Can’t find what you’re looking for?
View any
product
online
Visit our up-to-date website for a complete listing of all our titles.
using the urls below each listing
www.routledge.com/geography
physical geography research and reference – BACKLIST Title
Author
Date
Format & ISBN
Price
Representing, Modeling, and Visualizing the Natural Environment
Edited by Nick Mount, Gemma Harvey, Paul Aplin and Gary Priestnall
2008
Hb: 978-1-4200-5549-8
£89.00
Dynamics of Forest Ecosystems in Central Africa During the Holocene: Past – Present – Future
Edited by J. Runge
2007
Hb: 978-0-415-42617-6
£92.00
The Natural History of Earth: Debating Long-Term Change in the Geosphere and Biosphere
Richard John Huggett
2006
Hb: 978-0-415-35802-6 eBook: 978-0-203-00407-4
£100.00
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
Regions and Cities Book Series Managing Editor: Gillian Bristow, University of Cardiff, UK Editors: Maryann Feldman, University of Georgia, USA, Gernot Grabher, University of Bonn, Germany, Ron Martin, University of Cambridge, UK Regions and Cities in an international, interdisciplinary series that provides authoritative analyses of the new significance of regions and cities for economic, social and cultural development, and public policy experimentation. The series seeks to combine theoretical and empirical insights with constructive policy debate and critically engages with formative processes and policies in regional and urban studies. This series is published in conjunction with the Regional Studies Association.
Cities, State and Globalization
City Regional Governance in Europe and North America Tassilo Herrschel, University of Westminster, London, UK This book makes a new contributution to the current lively debate on city regional governance, offering a genuinely comparative approach. Drawing on a series of case studies conducted by the author the main focus of this book is on the interface between state structure power and the established way of doing urban policy on the one hand, and the pressures and challenges of globalisation, on the other.
Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial Planning Building on EU Enlargement
Edited by Neil Adams, South Bank University, London, Giancarlo Cotella, Politecnico di Torino, Italy and Richard Nunes, Oxford Brookes University, UK This book examines some of the evolving challenges faced by EU regional policy in light of enlargement and to assess some of the approaches and trends in terms of territorial development policy and practice that are emerging out of this process.
December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978 0 415 48938 6: £75.00
March 2010: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978 0 415 55194 6: £75.00
Migration in the 21st Century
Can Neighbourhoods Save the City?
Rights, Outcomes, and Policy
Edited by Kim Korinek, University of Utah, USA and Thomas N. Maloney, University of Utah, USA Because international migration is a matter of importance to scholars and policy makers in a variety of fields, it is important to bridge the gaps between these fields so that innovations in legal, economic, sociological, and political science research can inform each other. This book promotes cross disciplinary discussion, examining the challenges and opportunities created by global migration at the start of the 21st century. June 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978 0 415 77914 2: £75.00
Beyond Territory
Dynamic Geographies of Innovation and Knowledge Creation Edited by Harald Bathelt, University of Toronto, Canada, Maryann Feldman, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA and Dieter F. Kogler, University of Toronto, Canada The main purpose of the book is to discuss new trends in the dynamic geography of innovation and argue that in an era of increasing globalization, two trends seem quite dominant: rigid territorial models of innovation, and localized configurations of innovative activities. It provides evidence that innovation, while not exclusively dependent on regional contexts, can be influenced by place specific attributes. May 2010: 234x156: 368pp: 40 tables, 20 line drawings Hb: 978 0 415 49327 7: £75.00
Controversies in Local Economic Development
Social Innovation and Local Community Development Edited by Frank Moulaert, Newcastle University, UK, Erik Swyngedouw, University of Manchester, UK, Flavia Martinelli, Università Mediterranea di Reggio, Reggio Calabria, Italy and Sara Gonzalez, University of Leeds, UK Using the considerable research has been undertaken into the effects of economic, social and political exclusion processes and practices in particular neighbourhoods in European cities, the core argument of this book is that local initiatives have sparked regeneration processes that have generated substantial city wide re development dynamics. February 2010: 234x156: 240pp: 30 tables, 20 line drawings Hb: 978 0 415 48588 3: £75.00
Globalizing Regional Development in East Asia
Production Networks, Clusters, and Entrepreneurship Edited by Henry Wai chung Yeung, National University of Singapore, Singapore This high calibre collection makes a significant contribution to the literature on local and regional development in Asia and provides an important resource for researchers, students, and policy makers interested in East Asia. This book was published as a special issue of Regional Studies. November 2009: 297x210: 224pp Hb: 978 0 415 56053 5: £75.00
Stories, Strategies, Solutions
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Martin Perry, Massey University, New Zealand
Clusters and Regional Development
This book presents archetypal local economic strategies as controversies. It highlights the contested nature of the evidence behind economic processes. It offers resolutions to the debates so that reviews are not simply critical accounts. The cases examined will offer guidance on how to apply the lessons of existing experience. April 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978 0 415 48968 3: £75.00
February 2010: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978 0 415 57862 2: £22.50
Regional Development in the Knowledge Economy February 2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978 0 415 57863 9: £22.50
Devolution, Regionalism and Regional Development February 2010: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978 0 415 57864 6: £22.50
Visit www.routledge.com/books/series/Regions_and_Cities_2084742 for a full series listing. Visit www.regional studies assoc.ac.uk for more details of the Regional Studies Association.
i n dex
54
index A Abrahart, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Adams, W.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Adaptation to Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Addison, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Adey, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Advanced Geoinformation Science . . . . . . . . . . 51 Advances in Environmental Remote Sensing . . . 52 Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Agergaard, Jytte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Agnew, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Ahmed, Waquar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Aid from International NGOs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Allmendinger, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Allott, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 An Introduction to Sustainable Development . . 35 Anand, Suchith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Anderson, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Anderson, Ewan W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Anderson, Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Anderson, Liam D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Andersson, Jan Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Ansell, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Aplin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Arias, Santa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Armstrong, Charles K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Arresting Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Asian Cities, Migrant Labor and Contested Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Asthana, Vandana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Athique, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Atkinson, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Atlas of Middle Eastern Affairs, An . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Atlas of World Affairs, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Atmosphere, Weather and Climate . . . . . . . . . . 49 Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
B Back, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Bagchi-Sen, Sharmistha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Baker, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Balá?, Vladimir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Baloglu, Seyhmus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Banerjee, Debdas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Banerjee, Tridib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Barrow, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 42 Barry, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Barry, Roger G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Basics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Beall, Jo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Beatley, Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Beaverstock, J.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 14 Bell, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Bell, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Benckendorff, Pierre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Bender, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Benton-Short, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Berkes, Fikret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Betsill, Michelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Bhavnani, Kum-Kum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Binnie, Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Binns, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Biodiversity and Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Bioregionalism and Global Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Birch, Eugénie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Blacksell, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Blomley, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Blunt, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bollens, Scott A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Bonn, Aletta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Bossler, John D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Boucekkine, Raouf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Boyd, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bradshaw, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Branding New York . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Brenner, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Bristow, Gillian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Brookfield, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Brouwer, Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Brown-Saracino, Japonica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Brunn, Stanley D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Bryson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Bulkeley, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Butcher, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Cultural Heritage and Tourism in the Developing World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Cultural Spaces (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Culture and the Environment in the Himalaya . . 39
C
D
Campbell, James B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Carbon Responsibility and Embodied Emissions . . 48 Cartier, Carolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Castree, Noel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Caucasus - An Introduction, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Caves, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Chaffee, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chari, Sharad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Charlton, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Charlton, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Cherry, Todd L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Children, Youth and Development . . . . . . . . . . .35 China-Africa Development Relations . . . . . . . . . 38 Chorley, Richard J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Christopherson, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cities and Cinema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Cities and Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Cities and Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Cities and Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Cities and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Cities and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Cities and Economies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Cities and Everyday Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Cities and Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Cities and Nature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Cities and Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Cities and Suburbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cities in Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cities, Nationalism and Democratization . . . . . . 24 Cities, Politics & Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 City Life from Jakarta to Dakar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 City Publics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 City Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Clark, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Clark, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Climate Change and Forest Resources . . . . . . . . 46 Climate Change and the Private Sector . . . . . . . 46 Cloke, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Coastal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Coene, Frederik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Cohen, Shana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Collins, Andrew E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Comenetz, Joshua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Common Ground? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Community Development in Asia and the Pacific . .39 Community Development Reader, The . . . . . . . .19 Community, Environment and Local Governance in Indonesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Comparative Political Economy of Development, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Complete Guide to Climate Change, The . . . . . 45 Comtois, Claude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Conducting Research in Conservation . . . . . . . . 41 Conflict and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Connell, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Connolly, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility (series) . . . . . . . 26, 28, 29 Contemporary Social Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Contesting Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Conway, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Conzen, Michael P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Cook, Penny A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Cool, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Cooperation Challenge of Economics and the Protection of Water Supplies, The . . . . . . 46 Corbridge, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Cosmopolitan Urbanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Counsell, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Crang, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Critical Concepts in the Environment (series) . . . 48 Critical Geographies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Critical Reflections on Regional Competitiveness . . 11 Critical Social Thought (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Crouch, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Cullingworth, J. Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cultural Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Cultural Geography Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Dalby, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Daniels, Peter W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 David Alan Craig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Davie, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dawson, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 De Lucia, Caterina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 DeFilippis, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Degen, Monica Montserrat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Delaney, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Dent, Christopher M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Derudder, Ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Design Economies and the Changing World Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Development and Gender Equity in the Anglophone Caribbean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Development Beyond Neoliberalism? . . . . . . . . 37 Development Poverty and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Development Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Dickinson, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Digital Economy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Disaster and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Dispossession and Resistance in India . . . . . . . . 40 Disrupted Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Dixon, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Dodge, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Domingos, Tiago M. D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Donald, Stephanie Hemelryk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Doug Porter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Douglas, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dowling, Robyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Doyle, Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Drivers of Environmental Change in Uplands . . . 48 Dynamics of Forest Ecosystems in Central Africa During the Holocene: Past – Present – Future . . 52
E Eagle, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Eckstein, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ecological Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Economic and Human Development in Contemporary India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Economic Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Economic Geography: Past, Present and Future . . 14 Economic Growth and Environmental Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Economics and Development Studies . . . . . . . . 33 Economics of Tourism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Ecosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Ecotourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Ecotourism, NGOs and Development . . . . . . . . 30 Edensor, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Eisenschitz, Aram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Elements of Ecological Economics . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Elliot, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Elliott, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7 Elliott, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Emotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Encyclopedia of the Arctic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Energy, Society and Environment . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Environment & Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Environment & Food . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Environment and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Environment and Social Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Environment and the City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Environment and Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Environment Encyclopedia and Directory 2010, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Environment, Media and Communication . . . . . 43 Environmental Amenities and Regional Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management Third Edition . . . . . . . 42 Environmental Efficiency, Innovation and Economic Performances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Environmental Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Environmental History of the World, An . . . . . . 41 Environmental Management and Development . . 35
Environmental Management for Sustainable Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Environmental Policies in the New Europe . . . . . 47 Environmental Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Environmental Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Eriksson, Ralf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Ethnographies Revisited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Europa Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 European Forest Recreation and Tourism . . . . . . 29 Evanoff, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Everyday Geography of the Global South, An . . 32 Exploring Environmental Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Exploring Post-Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
F Family Farms: Survival and Prospect . . . . . . . . . .38 Farías, Ignacio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Faulconbridge, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Fennell, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Filep, Sebastian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Fixing Broken Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Fold, Niels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Foran, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Forestry Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fox, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Frantz, Klaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Stout, Frederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Freeman, Donald B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Frost, Warwick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Fundamentals of Biogeography . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Fundamentals of Fluvial Geomorphology . . . . . . 51 Fundamentals of Geomorphology . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Fundamentals of Hydrology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Fundamentals of Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Fundamentals of the Physical Environment . . . . 49 Furlong, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Fyfe, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
G Gamburd, Michele R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Garcia-Valiñas, Maria A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Gar-On Yeh, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Gender and Agrarian Reforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Gender and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Gentrificated Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Gentrification Debates, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Geographic Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Geographies of Developing Areas . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Geographies of Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Geographies of the New Economy . . . . . . . . . . 14 Geography of Tourism and Recreation, The . . . . 26 Geography of Transport Systems, The . . . . . . . . . 4 GeoHydroinformatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Geopolitics Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 George, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Gerrard, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Ghosh, Devleena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Gilbert, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Glaciers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Glasze, Georg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Global Cities Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Global Finance and Development . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Global Geographies of Post-Socialist Transition . 14 Global Hong Kong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Global Poverty, Ethics and Human Rights . . . . . .37 Global Realities (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 21 Globalisation and Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Globalization and Social Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Globalization of Advertising, The . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Globalization, Violence and the Visual Culture of Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Globalization’s Contradictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Goetz, Stephan J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Gold, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Goodall, Heather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Goode, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Gopalakrishnan, Chennat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Gössling, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Gough, Jamie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Gough, Katherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Gould, W.T.S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Graham, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Greco, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
index
Green Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Greenberg, Miriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Grimson, Alejandro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Grin, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Gruenewald, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Guneratne, Arjun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Gutiérrez-Rodríguez, Encarnación . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Jeffries, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Jenkins, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Johnson, Craig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Jones, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Jones, Rhys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Jordan, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Jowell, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
H
K
Haldrup, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Hall, C. Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 28, 29 Hall, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Haller, Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Handbook of Local and Regional Development . . 13 Handbook of Urban Ecology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hanlon, Bernadette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Hansen, Anders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Harrison, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Harriss-White, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Hart, Craig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Harvey, Gemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Haslett, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Haughton, Graham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Henderson, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Herod, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Herrington, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Herrschel, Tassilo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Heyer, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Heynen, Nik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 22, 45 Hill, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Hilson, Gavin M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Ho, Kong Chong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Hoffman, Joan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Holden, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 27 Holland, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Holloway, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Hopkins, Peter E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Houck, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Houston, Jack E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 How To Do Your Dissertation in Geography and Related Disciplines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 How to do your Essays, Exams and Coursework in Geography and Related Disciplines . . . . . . . 6 Hritonenko, Natali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Hsu, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Hubacek, Klaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Hubbard, Phil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Hudson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Huggett, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 51, 52 Hughes, J. Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Hutton, Thomas A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Hutton, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Kaika, Maria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Kanji, Nazneen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Kantor, Paula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Keil, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Kemp, David D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Kenny, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Kesby, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Kessler, Gabriel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Key Ideas (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Key Ideas in Geography (series) . . . . . . . . . 4, 5, 16 Khagram, Sanjeev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Kim, Yeong-Hyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Kindon, Sara Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Kitchin, Rob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Kleinknecht, Steven W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Knight, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 50 Knox, Paul L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Koch, Dirk-Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Kolk, Ans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Köllner, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Koreas, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Koulish, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Kozak, Metin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Kromer, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Kundu, Amitabh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Kurian, Priya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
I Iberian Worlds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Immigrant Divide, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Immigration and American Democracy . . . . . . . . 9 In the Nature of Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Indian Ocean Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Industrialisation and Rural Livelihoods in China . 38 Inkpen, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Innovations in GIS (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 International Business and Global Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 International Migration and Knowledge . . . . . . 12 International Social Survey Programme 1984-2009, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Interpreting Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Introduction to Political Geography, An . . . . . . . . 3 Isaacson, Michal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Issues in Cultural Tourism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 27
J Jackson, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Jackson, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Jackson, Rhona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Jacobs, Susie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Jaidi, Larabi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Jamal, Ashraf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Japanese Aid and the Construction of Global Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Jarvis, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Jayne, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22
L Land, Water and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Landscape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Larice, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Larsen, Jonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Lawton Smith, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Lees, Loretta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 LeGates, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Leheny, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Lemert, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Leslie, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Leslie, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Levitt, Peggy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Lew, Alan A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 28 Lewis, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Leyshon, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Liberation Ecologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Life in the Megalopolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Light, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Lin, Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Lin, Tun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lindner, Christoph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 23 Lingohr-Wolf, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Lipman, Pauline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Lloyd, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Local and Regional Development . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Loukaitou-Sideris, Anastasia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Lovelock, Brent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Lynch, Kenny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 M Mac Ginty, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Macdonald, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Macintyre, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Maconachie, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Maitland, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Making of an American Landscape, The . . . . . . . 1 Malecki, Edward J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Managing and Marketing Tourist Destinations . .30 Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology, Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Marcuse, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Marques, Alexandra P.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Marquette, Heather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Martin, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Martinez-Fernandez, Cristina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Mathema, Ashna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Mazzanti, Massimiliano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
McAreavey, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 McCarthy, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 McCarthy, John F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 McCulloch, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 McDonogh, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 McEachern, Doug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 McEwan, Cheryl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 McGilvray, Dennis B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 McGregor, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 McMaster, Robert B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 McMichael, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 McNeill, Desmond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Media and the Tourist Imagination, The . . . . . . 28 Mele, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Mendelsohn, Robert O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Mennel, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Meth, Paula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Metropolis and Modern Life (series) . . . . . . . . . 19 Metropolis and Modern Life (series) . . . . . . . . . 22 Miao, Qianjun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Middle East Today, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Migration, Domestic Work and Affect . . . . . . . . 11 Miles, Malcolm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22 Millington, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 22 Mitchell, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Momsen, Janet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Montagna, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Montini, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Moorthy, Shanti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Moran, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Morgan, Rhiannon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Moriset, Bruno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Morocco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Moscardo, Gianna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Mount, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Mowforth, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 28 Mullen, Jeffrey D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Multiplex in India, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Munck, Ronaldo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Munshi, Debashish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Munt, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 28 Murphy, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Murphy, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Murray, Warwick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
N Nativel, C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Natural History of Earth, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Natural Resource Extraction and Development . 34 Nature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Neal, Zachary P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Neo-Bohemia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Neoliberal Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Nevins, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 New Economic Policy in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 New Economy of the Inner City, The . . . . . . . . . 21 New Perspectives on Agri-environmental Policies . .47 New Political Economy of Urban Education, The . . 21 New Sociology (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 New Spatial Planning, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Newing, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Newman, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Newson, Malcolm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 NGOs as Advocates for Development in a Globalising World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Nicolaides, Becky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Nilsen, Alf Gunvald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Nixson, Frederick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Non-Governmental Organizations and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Novy, Johannes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Nuttall, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Nyaupane, Gyan P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
O Oakes, Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Okada, Norio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Olivo, Ingrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Olsen, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 On Argentina and the Southern Cone . . . . . . . . . 6 On Landscapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 On the Edges of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CONTACT US – for further information, email: geography@routledge.com. eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
O’Neill, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Operation Gatekeeper and Beyond . . . . . . . . . . 10 Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy, Demography, and the Environment . . 47 Ordinary Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Orum, Anthony M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Outdoor Recreation Management . . . . . . . . . . . 26
P Pacific, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Pacione, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Page, Stephen J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Pain, Rachel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Pallagst, Karina M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Papatheodorou, Andreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Parker, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Parker, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 20 Parsons, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Parsons, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Participation in Environmental Organizations . . . 46 Participatory Action Research Approaches and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Pawar, Manohar S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Pearce, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31 Peet, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 42 Pelling, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 People’s Property?, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Perkins, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Perrons, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Petley, David N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Physical Geography: The Key Concepts . . . . . . . 51 Pierson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 26 Pike, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 13 Pinkse, Jonatan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Place-Based Education in the Global Age . . . . . 10 Planning in the USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Political Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Politics and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Population and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Porter, Libby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Postcolonialism and Development . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Potter, Cuz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Poverty Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Price, Patricia L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Priestnall, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Principles of Modeling Uncertainties in Spatial Data and Spatial Analyses . . . . . . . . . 52 Private Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Pröbstl, Ulrike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Prudham, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Puddephatt, Antony J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Puri, Rajindra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Q Questioning Cities (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 23, 24
R Ramsamy, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Rantisi, Norma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Rath, Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Ravetz, Joe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Religion and Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Remaking Regional Economies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rennie Short, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Representing the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Representing, Modeling, and Visualizing the Natural Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Research Methods: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rethinking Globalizations (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Rethinking Landscape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Rethinking Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Revill, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Richard Legates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Richards, Greg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Rickman, Dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Rigg, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 32 Rights of Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Rizos, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Robbins, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Roberts, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Roberts, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Roberts, Susan M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Robinson, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Rodrigue, Jean-Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
55
i n dex
56
Rodrigues, João F. D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Rodriguez-Pose, Andres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 13 Rose, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Ross, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Rotmans, Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Routledge Advances in Geography (series) . . . . 24 Routledge Advances in Sociology (series) . . . . . . 13 Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Routledge Advances in Tourism (series) . . 26, 30, 31 Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian Affairs, The . 7 Routledge Atlas of Civil Resistance, The . . . . . . . . 9 Routledge Atlas of the Holocaust, The . . . . . . . . 9 Routledge Contemporary Asia Series (series) . . . 23 Routledge Contemporary China Series (series) . . 38 Routledge Contemporary Human Geography Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 6 Routledge Contemporary Japan Series (series) . . 38 Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 38, 39, 40 Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City (series) . . . . . . 18, 19, 20 Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 47 Routledge Fundamentals of Physical Geography (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Routledge Historical Atlases (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Routledge Indian Ocean Series (series) . . . . . . . . 12 Routledge International Handbook of Globalization Studies, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Routledge International Handbooks (series) . . . . 14 Routledge International Studies of Women and Place (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Routledge Introductions to Environment (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 27, 42, 43, 44, 50 Routledge Key Guides (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Routledge Perspectives on Development (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Routledge Research in Gender and Society (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Routledge Student Readers (series) . . . . . . . . . 6, 7 Routledge Studies in Development and Society (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 39 Routledge Studies in Development Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 40 Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Routledge Studies in Economic Geography (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 14, 21 Routledge Studies in Human Geography (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 12, 14, 24, 38, 39 Routledge Studies in Physical Geography and Environment (series) . . . . . . . . . . 45, 48, 52 Routledge Studies in Sustainability Transitions (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Routledge Urban Reader Series (series) . . . . 17, 20 Routledge, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Routledge/ESA Studies in European Societies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Rowley, Michelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Roy, Ananya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Rugendyke, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 37 Ruggiero, Vincenzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Runge, J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Rural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Rural Development Theory and Practice . . . . . . 39 Rural-Urban Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Rural-Urban Interaction in the Developing World . 35 Rusten, Grete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
S Sa, Lucia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Sacred Ecology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Saegert, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Saey, Pieter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Sage, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Samers, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Scheyvens, Regina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Schot, Johan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Science, Philosophy and Physical Geography . . . 50 Scott Cato, Molly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Searching for the Just City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Seas in History (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seductions of Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Sensing Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Service Industries and Asia Pacific Cities . . . . . . 14 Shaffir, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Sharpley, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Shaw, Kate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Shi, Wenzhong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Short, John Rennie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Shoval, Noam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Shrinking Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Sievänen, Tuija . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Simone, AbdouMaliq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Simpson, Murray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Sinclair, M. Thea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Slack, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Slater, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Small Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Smith, Gregory A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Smith, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Smith, Melanie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Smith, Tom W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Smithson, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Social Class in Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Social Justice (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Social Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Social Movements and Activism in the USA . . . . . 8 Social Research Today (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Sohngen, Brent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Solomos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Southeast Asian Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Spaces of Social Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Spaces of Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Spaces of Vernacular Creativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Spannagle, Matt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Spash, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Spatial Turn, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Spatial, the Legal and the Pragmatics of World-Making, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Stabler, Mike J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Staeheli, Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Stanley, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Stausberg, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 StClair, Asunción Lera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Steil, Justin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Stenner, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Stewart, Dona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Stewart, Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Stout, Frederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Studies in Philosophy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Suburb Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Sumner, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Sustainable Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Sustainable Urban Development Reader . . . . . . 17 Swanson, Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Swyngedouw, Erik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T Tackling Social Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Tallon, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Taylor, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 24 Teletechnologies, Place and Community . . . . . . 13 Telfer, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Tewdwr-Jones, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 The Routledge Companion to Urban Design . . . 25 The Routledge International Handbook of Youth and Young Adulthood . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Theories and Practices of Development . . . . . . . 36 Theories of Race and Racism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Thinking in Action (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 ThirdWorlds (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Thompson, Felix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Thompson, Ian H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Time-Space Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Timothy, Dallen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Toal, Gerard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tomaney, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 13 Toops, Stanley W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Torgler, Benno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tourism and Development in the Developing World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Tourism and Global Environmental Change . . . . 28 Tourism and National Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Tourism and Poverty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Tourism and Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tourism and Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Tourism and the Consumption of Wildlife . . . . . 30 Tourism at the Grassroots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Tourism Enterprises and Sustainable Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Tourism Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Tourism Studies and the Social Sciences . . . . . . 26 Tourism, Creativity and Development . . . . . . . . 30 Tourism, Ethnic Diversity and the City . . . . . . . . 30 Tourism, Performance and the Everyday . . . . . . 29 Tourism, Religion and Spiritual Journeys . . . . . . 28 Tourist Mobility and Advanced Tracking Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Tourist Shopping Villages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Tourists, Tourism and Well-Being . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Transitions to Sustainable Development . . . . . . .48 Transnational Studies Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Transnationalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Tribe, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Turner, Bryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14 Tyrväinen, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
U Understanding and Managing Tourism Impacts . . 26 Understanding Cultural Geography . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Urban and Regional Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Urban and Regional Planning Reader, The . . . . . 17 Urban Assemblages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Urban Avant-Gardes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Urban Design Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Urban Development in Post-Reform China . . . . 24 Urban Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Urban Geography Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Urban Regeneration in the UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Urban Sociology Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Urban Space and Cityscapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Urban Theory and the Urban Experience . . . . . . 20 Urban Utopias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Urban World/Global City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using Statistics to Understand the Environment . . 50
Williams, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Williams, Glyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Williams, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Willis, Katie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36 Wilson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Wilson, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Witlox, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Wolf and Stanley on Environmental Law . . . . . . 45 Wolf, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Wong, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Wong, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Wong, Tai-Chee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Wood, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Woodhouse, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Woods, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 5 World Bank and Urban Development . . . . . . . . 24 World Tourism Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Wu, Fulong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Wylie, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Wyly, Elvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
X Xu, Jiang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Y Yang, Chaowei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Yang, Ruixin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Yatsenko, Yuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Young People, Place and Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Young, Craig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Z Ziai, Aram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
V Vairavamoorthy, Kalanithy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Valocchi, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Vertovec, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Vicino, Thomas J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Vigar, Geoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
W Wagner, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Walliman, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Wang, Rusong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Ware, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Warf, Barney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Warf, Barney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Warren, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Warren, Kay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Water and Disasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Water Policy Processes in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Water Resource Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Water Resources and Development . . . . . . . . . . 33 Water, Sovereignty and Borders in Asia and Oceania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Waterstone, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Watson, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Watson, Sophie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Watts, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Webster, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Weng, Qihao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Wheater, P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Wheeler, Stephen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Whitehead, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Whose Urban Renaissance? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Wiechmann, Thorsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Wiese, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Wilkin, Rowan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Williams, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/geography
Routledge
2010 conference Announcement
Routledge Geography showcase new books and journals! Routledge is delighted to announce that they will be attending the following Geography meetings in 2010. On display we’ll be showcasing all our recently published books, as well as highlighting our forthcoming titles within the area. We’ll also have on display all our relevant journals, and sample copies will be available for you to take away. What’s more, we’ll be offering all delegates a 20% discount against any book orders placed at the meeting!
Geographical Association Annual Conference Derby, UK | 8th-10th April 2010
Association of American Geographers Washington DC, USA | 14th-18th April 2010
Institute of Australian Geographers/New Zealand Geographical Society Christchurch, New Zealand | 5th-8th July 2010
Royal Geographical Society
(with Institute of British Geographers) London, UK | 1st-3rd September 2010
Development Studies Association Ulster, Ireland | 2nd-4th September 2010
We look forward to seeing you in 2010! For more information and ordering online, visit:
www.routledge.com
ro u t l e dg e
catalogues online Did you know that you can now browse all our Routledge catalogues in a seamless, easy-to-use online format? Packed with a great set of interactive features, these sleek catalogues make it even easier to browse, search and order your favourite Routledge titles.
Great things you can do with our e-catalogues: • find books instantly using the built-in search function • bookmark multiple catalogues in your browser so you can return to them whenever you want • click in the Contents to skip to the sections you want to see first • easily scroll across, zoom in or out, read in full-screen or even tailor your viewing settings • share them instantly with your colleagues via email or post them to popular social networking sites such as Facebook and Twitter.
Want to change your view? Just click on this icon to bring up your viewing options.
Detailed search functionality Click on the icon and begin typing to highlight relevant books instantly.
To explore our whole range of Routledge online catalogues visit:
www.routledge.com/catalogs
Found the book you want? Want to order an inspection copy, order a book, or get more information? Just click on any book title to open up the book’s page on our website.
Order your books today...
Freepost:
(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)
Telephone (credit cards):
Fax:
Email:
(Sales enquiries only. Please do not include card details in your email. To order online, please visit the website below.)
Internet:
eBooks:
FREE P&P!
These books are available from your regular supplier. If you find it more convenient, please use this form to order directly from us. If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.
Qty Title
Free Postage & Packaging for online orders over £20. UK customers only.
ISBN
Price (£)
Total (£)
Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon Oxon OX14 4SB
+44 (0)1235 400524
+44 (0)20 7017 6699 geography@routledge.com
Sub-total
Postage & Packaging UK: 5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50* Europe: 10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50* Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge) *We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.
P&P TOTAL
www.routledge.com/geography www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
library recommendation
Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.
Please turn overleaf to complete ‘Your Details’ and ‘Methods of Payment’ ...
Title
ISBN
Pub Date
Hb/Pb
Price (£)
I recommend you purchase this/these book(s).
To:
From:
Position:
Department:
Course(s) for which the book(s) would be relevant and why:
INSPECTION COPY REQUEST
Freepost:
Fax:
Email:
Internet:
Up to 3 paperback titles are available for 60 days inspection for lecturers considering adopting the books. If you adopt a book and expect 10 or more students to buy a copy, you may keep the book free of charge if you complete and return a comments form. We will then expect your bookshop to order at least 10 copies of the title. Otherwise you must pay the full price of the book/s or return them in mint condition. Please note that inspection copies are not sent out before the month of publication and are sent out at our discretion.
Title
ISBN
Geography Marketing Inspection Copy Request Routledge, FREEPOST SN926 2 Park Square, Milton Park Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4BR
+44 (0)20 7017 6699
Please add me to your mailing list. I am interested in the following subject areas:
geography@routledge.com www.routledge.com/info/examcopy
Please turn overleaf to complete ‘Your Details’ ...
Order your books today...
FREE P&P!
Please fill in ‘Your Details’ and ‘Methods of Payment’ below to complete the order.
Methods of Payment
Your Details
Free P&P for online orders over £20. UK customers only.
– Please use block capitals.
Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type. First Name:
Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: ___________________________________________________________________ I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £_________________ Please charge my debit/credit card.
Surname: Email: Occupation: Department:
Card number: Institution:
Start date: _____ /_____ Security number
Expiry date: _____ /_____
Issue No*: _____
(Last 3 digits of security number on back of card):
VAT Number (EU Member States): Address:
Signature: __________________________________________________________ Date: _____ /_____ /_____
*Only if paying by Maestro
Please tick this box if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system ISBN: 978-0-418-24033-5
Postcode: Country: Telephone (inc. area code):
GEOG1001 A B C D E F G H I J
journals contacts To purchase or to subscribe to any of our authoritative journals, please contact us using one of the methods below:
eBooks Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online. For more information, and to start browsing go to: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.
Telephone:
Email:
FREE Catalogues
Internet:
All of our subject catalogues are now fully interactive and available to download for FREE at www.routledge.com/catalogs. If you would like to request a paper copy, please email info@routledge.com.
+44 (0)20 7017 5544 tf.enquiries@informa.com www.informaworld.com/journals
inspection copy request Please fill in ‘Your Details’ below to complete your request order.
Your Details
– Please use block capitals.
First Name:
Surname:
Occupation:
Email: Institution:
Department:
Course:
Start Date of Course:
Level of Course:
No. of Students:
Decision Date:
Country:
Telephone (inc. area code):
Address: Postcode: ISBN: 978-0-418-24033-5
GEOG1001 A B C D E F G H I J
le opies lab C ai av l Al Inspection
as
Routledge
Historical Atlases Martin Gilbert Eye-catching, engaging and resourceful, the Routledge Historical Atlas series presents sweeping historical topics with incredible detail and clarity; enabling students to look at key events from a new perspective. Written by one of the twentieth century’s outstanding historians, each of Sir Martin Gilbert’s Atlases presents the subject with a compelling series of maps and images. From sweeping depictions of shifting battlefronts, to incisive annotation detailing the impact of historical events on the lives of families and individuals, these books are not only ideal reference works, but also a fantastic resource for teachers and lecturers. The Routledge Atlas of British History – 4th Edition £16.99 NEW The Routledge Atlas of American History – 6th Edition £16.99 The Routledge Atlas of the Arab-Israeli Conflict – 9th Edition £16.99 The Routledge Atlas of the Holocaust – 4th Edition £16.99 NEW The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War – 2nd Edition £16.99 The Routledge Atlas of the First World War – 3rd Edition £16.99 The Routledge Historical Atlas of Jerusalem – 4th Edition £19.99 NEW The Routledge Historical Atlas of Jewish History – 8th Edition £16.99 The Routledge Atlas of Russian History – 4th Edition £16.99
Visit our website for more information:
www.routledge.com/books/series/Routledge_Historical_Atlases
Routledge
Page 1
Page 1
Page 1
Page 16
Page 25
Page 32
Page 41
Page 49
www.routledge.com/geography Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: geography@routledge.com Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.